using adp enterprise hr · using adp enterprise hr guide ... signing on to adp enterprise hr...

Enterprise HR®

Using ADP Enterprise HR Guide

ADP Trademarks

The ADP® logo, ADP ®, Enterprise HR® and AutoPay® are registered trademarks of ADP, LLC. A more human resource. SM is a service mark of ADP, LLC.

Third-Party Trademarks

Adobe® and Acrobat® are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Microsoft®, Windows®, Internet Explorer®, and Excel® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

SQR® is a registered trademark of Hyperion Solutions Corporation.

PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.

PeopleSoft® and Java® are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation.

Mozilla® and Firefox® are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation. All other trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners.

Copyright 1993–2015 ADP, LLC ADP Proprietary and Confidential - All Rights Reserved. These materials may not be reproduced in any format without the express written permission of ADP, LLC.Portions copyright 1988–1998 PeopleSoft, Inc.

This manual supports ADP Enterprise HR Version 5.04.04 and higher. Published Q3 2016.

ADP provides this publication “as is” without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. ADP is not responsible for any technical inaccuracies or typographical errors which may be contained in this publication. Changes are periodically made to the information herein, and such changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication. ADP may make improvements and/or changes in the product and/or the programs described in this publication at any time without notice.

Contents

About This Guide

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xAudience for this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xWhat’s in this Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xiRelated Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiDocumentation Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xviii

1 ADP Enterprise HR Login and Overview

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2About ADP Enterprise HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Combined HR, Payroll, and Benefits Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Process-Driven Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Easy Data Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Integrated Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Organizational Charts at Your Fingertips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Customizable Shortcuts Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Easy Organization or Department Security Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Customizable Home Page Makes Everyday Tasks Easy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Required Field Labels Highlighted on Every Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Configure Panels and Translate Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Minimum Screen Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Normal Font Compatibility Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR Through Self Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Signing on Using ADP Enterprise HR Classic Mode (ADP Non-Hosted Clients Only) . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Taking the User Interface Tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11

ContentsUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

iv Contents

2 Using the ADP Enterprise HR Application

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Desktop Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Setting Desktop Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Desktop Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Using the Support Applications Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Using the Shortcuts Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Accessing the Shortcuts Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Defining Shortcuts for Operators/Classes (Administrator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Defining My Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Adding URL Tasks to Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Using the Org Chart Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Org Chart Data Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Org Chart Panel Search Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Context Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Accessing the Query Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Accessing the Org Security Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Accessing the Home Pages Links Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Accessing Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Organizer and Task Menu Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Task Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

Using the Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Reviewing the Anchor Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Employee Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Reviewing the Control Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Access Mode Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50As Of Date Calendar Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Reviewing the Panel Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Using the Bulletin Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Posting to the Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Viewing the Messages Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Internal Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Viewing the Search Results Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Setting Opening Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Advanced User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Using the Process Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61Accessing the Worklist Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Viewing Internal Database Panel Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66


Contents v

3 Understanding ADP Enterprise HR’s Business Rules

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Business Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Business Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Using Effective Dates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Types of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Adding Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9

Using the Quick Add Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12

Viewing Current and Future Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Viewing Historical Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Changing Historical Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

Inserting a Row. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18Deleting a Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

4 Working with Your Data

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2Entering Search Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Tracking Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5Using ADP Enterprise HR Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8

Reviewing Types of Data Entry Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8Moving Between Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Entering Data in Formatted Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Entering Data in Unformatted Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13Using Prompt Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13

Filtering Prompt List Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14Using Check Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16Using Radio Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16Using the Calendar Control Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17Using Toolbar Buttons and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18

Using the Save Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18Canceling a Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18

Deleting Data From the Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Active Versus Inactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Autolink Clients) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21

Defining Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22Defining Status Flag Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22Defining HR User Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24

Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27Selecting a Status Flag Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27Entering Custom Areas and/or Dates Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29Selecting an HR User Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Entering Date and Numeric Field Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32Entering Character Field Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33

Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Enterprise Payroll Clients) . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34Defining Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

Selecting an HR User Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37


vi Contents

Entering Date and Numeric Field Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Entering Character Field Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

5 Monitoring Message Notifications

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Accessing the Message Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Selecting Message Detail Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Viewing Message Notification Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Viewing the Results Summary of a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Accessing Error Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Viewing Details of Large Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Specifying Search Criteria for Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Dismissing a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Canceling a Pending Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

6 Reporting Tools

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Ad-Hoc Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Running Reports or Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Generating Reports or Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Viewing Reports or Generated Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Searching the Report or File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Printing Reports or Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Deleting Reports or Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Using Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Query Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18Accessing Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result or Report Detail List Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result Summary Statistic Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24Filtering Your Output Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26Sorting Your Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30Running the Query and Printing the Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

Running an Immediate Query and Printing the Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32Running a Report Query and Printing the Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

Saving Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37Saving Private or Public Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37Saving a Public Query Owned by Another User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38Saving Query Results in Other Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39Posting to the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

Accessing Saved Queries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40Query Toolbar Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

Query Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44Human Resources Query Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45

Employee Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Human Resource Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47Performance Reviews. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49Performance Plan Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50


Contents vii

Termination Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-51International Employee Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-53HR User Defined Fields Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-54Performance-Based Pay Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-56Performance-Based Pay Plan Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-57Unassigned Performance Pay Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58Unassigned Performance Review Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-59Employee Grievances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-60Employee Disciplinary Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61Automatic Step Progression Worksheet with Department Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-62

Enterprise Payroll Query Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-63Payroll Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-64Payroll Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-64Overtime Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-64Deleted Retro Pay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-65Enterprise eTIME Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-66eTIME Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-67TimeSaver Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-68Earnings & Hours Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-69Deduction Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-69WGPS Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-70Tax Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-71WGPS Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-71Garnishment Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-72Additional Pay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-73General Deductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-73Audit History – Pay Calendars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-74Audit History – Pay Page Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-75Audit History – Pay Line Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-75Audit History – Pay Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-76Audit History – Pay Other Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-77Audit History – Pay One-Time Deductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-78Audit History – Pay Garnishment Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-78Audit History – Pay Tax Overrides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-79Year End – Employee W-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-79Year End – Employee 1099 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-80

Autolink Payroll Query Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-81Enterprise eTIME Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-83eTIME Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-84TimeSaver Employee Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-85Hours & Earnings Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-86Deduction Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-87Memo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-88Paid Time Off Balance Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-88HSA Adjustment Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-89Retro Pay Earnings Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-90Retro Pay Earnings (History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-92Pay Data Trans Input Audit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-94Hours & Earnings Input Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-95Deduction Input Audit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-96Memo Input Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-97Tax Input Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-97


viii Contents

Check Hours/Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99Check Deductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100Check Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101Check Overtime Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102Year-to-Date Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103Year-to-Date Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103Year-to-Date Deductions in Arrears Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104Action Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104Additional Payroll Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105General Deductions – Autolink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106Lien Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107Paid Time Off Activity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108Health Savings Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109Federal Tax Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-110State/Local Tax Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111

Benefits Query Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112ARRA Termination Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113Health Benefits (Current and Future). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114Health Benefits (History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115Life and AD&D Benefits (Current and Future) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116Life and AD&D Benefits (History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-117Disability Benefits (Current and Future) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118Disability Benefits (History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119Savings Plans (Current and Future) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120Savings Plans (History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122Flexible Spending Accounts (Current and Future) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123Flexible Spending Accounts (History). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124Dependent Health Benefits (Current, Future, and History) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125WinFlex Export Interface Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126

System Administration Query View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129InfoLink Employee Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129Translate Configurability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129

7 Resources for Using ADP Enterprise HR

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2About the Data Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Using Online Help and Online Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Using Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Viewing an Online Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Index


About This Guide

PAGE TOPIC

x Introduction

x Audience for this Guide

xi What’s in this Book

xii Related Documentation

xviii Documentation Conventions

About This GuideUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

x Introduction

Introduction

The Using ADP Enterprise HR Guide introduces first-time users to the basic functionality, navigation, icons, menus, and shortcuts for using ADP’s Enterprise HR application.

We recommend that you read this guide in its entirety so that you understand how to navigate and use ADP Enterprise HR.

As you work through the tasks in this chapter, you may have questions about fields on the

panels. From a panel, press F1 (Help) to display a description of the panel fields.

Audience for this Guide

To take advantage of this guide, we recommend that you have a basic understanding of Microsoft Windows graphical user interface.

Before you use ADP Enterprise HR, make sure your ADP implementation consultant has set

up the application.


What’s in this Book xi

What’s in this Book

This guide includes the following chapters and appendices:

Chapter 1, “ADP Enterprise HR Login and Overview,” provides information on the terminology used in ADP Enterprise HR and instructions for logging into the application and navigating around it, as well as hardware/software and setup requirements.

Chapter 2, “Using the ADP Enterprise HR Application,” explains how to navigate through the application, use the menus and shortcuts, and utilize the Quick Add feature.

Chapter 3, “Understanding ADP Enterprise HR’s Business Rules,” explains how the business rules are implemented in ADP Enterprise HR.

Chapter 4, “Working with Your Data,” provides information about your database in the application, the field types, and searching for information in the database. It also provides instructions for using user-defined fields to track employee information.

Chapter 5, “Monitoring Message Notifications,” contains instructions for using the message notification icon and the message monitor.

Chapter 6, “Reporting Tools,” describes how to run reports in the application. It also provides instructions for using the Query tool, and you will find the list of Query views included in the application.

Chapter 7, “Resources for Using ADP Enterprise HR,” describes the Data Dictionary and the Online Help.

This guide also includes an index.


xii Related Documentation

Related Documentation

This guide covers the information necessary for using ADP Enterprise HR. You may need to refer to related documentation for other areas of the product. The table below summarizes the documentation set delivered with ADP Enterprise HR, the purpose of the documents, and where you can locate it.

For the printed manuals and online manuals, you can order additional copies by completing

the Documentation Order form on the web at the National Accounts Support Center.

In order to access the ADP Enterprise HR guides on adp4me, you must be assigned the National Accounts Support Center User role in the ADP Security Management System. This role is issued a digital certificate, which is necessary in order to access information on adp4me.

Table 1. ADP Enterprise HR Documentation

Document Purpose of Document Location

Online Manuals - General

Standard Reports Guide

This guide provides samples of all the standard reports that are delivered with ADP Enterprise HR and depicts reporting data from our demo data companies. Overview information about each report includes the tables that are used as the sources, details of the sort order, and how to access the report are provided.

In PDF format on the web at the National Accounts Support Center.

Online manuals - Human Resources Library


(This Guide)

This guide gives an overview of the product’s user interface, explains key concepts, and provides a description of the delivered queries for reporting purposes.

Delivered in Acrobat® PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs this manual in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\HUMRES directory on the file server. The name of the file is the same as the manual’s title, followed by the PDF extension.


https://adp4me.adp.com



Related Documentation xiii

Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide

This guide provides instructions for hiring and rehiring employees, verifying employment, making job changes, changing employee pay rates, changing personal information, tracking business expenses, tracking company property, tracking tuition reimbursement, terminating employees, and recruiting activities.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs this manual in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\HUMRES directory on the file server. The name of the file is the same as the manual’s title, followed by the PDF extension.

Planning, Compensation, and Compliance Guide

This guide also covers specialized areas handled by today’s HR departments such as position management, merit budgeting, salary planning and management, health and safety administration, leave administration, employee discipline, union information, ADA compliance, and worker’s compensation. In addition, this guide covers the AAP/EEO compliance as well as the compliance aspects of Benefits, such as Section 415 reporting.


Performance and Development Guide

This guide covers all specialized areas that are handled by today's HR departments, such as managing career plans, evaluating employee performance, identifying and tracking development factors as well as tracking employee training.


Table 1. ADP Enterprise HR Documentation (cont.)



xiv Related Documentation

ADP Self Service Administrator’s Guide

This guide provides instructions for administrators to enable Self Service for your company’s employees, managers, and practitioners. Instructions are provided for creating PINs in ADP Enterprise HR for Self Service users, self-registration, logging in, setting up practitioners and administrators with digital certificates, setting up access control for Self Service features, setting up approval and notification paths in Self Service, and configuring Self Service pages.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format. A link is available from the Self Service HR Administrator Welcome page.

ADP Self Service Manager’s Guide

This guide provides instructions for managers to perform tasks in Self Service. Tasks include compensation and performance reviews, initiating work events (such as hiring, rehiring, changing employee job status, transferring employees, changing employee job and salary information, and changing employees employment status), designating a proxy to complete tasks when the manager is unavailable, viewing approval history, task lists, and running reports.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format. A link is available from the Self Service Manager online help.

Online manuals - Benefits Library

Benefits Ongoing Maintenance Guide

This guide provides information on ongoing benefits maintenance. Tasks include maintaining programs, plans, eligibility information, benefit setup and enrollment, as well as employee records.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs this manual in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\BENEFITS directory on the file server. The name of the file is the same as the manual’s title, followed by the PDF extension.




Related Documentation xv

Online manuals - Payroll Library

Company Setup and Maintenance Guide

This guide provides step-by-step instructions for setting up the required and optional company-level tasks for ADP Enterprise HR.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs this manual in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\AUTOLINK directory on the file server. The name of the file is the same as the manual’s title, followed by the PDF extension.

Payroll Processing Guide

This guide explains how to transmit employee payroll data from ADP Enterprise HR to the AutoPay mainframe for processing and then receiving the processed data back to Enterprise HR. Many functions are covered such garnishing employee wages, loading pay data from external sources, and using Rapid Pay Data Entry to process your payroll.


Employee Setup and Maintenance Guide

This guide provides step-by-step instructions for maintaining the required and optional employee-level tasks for ADP Enterprise HR.





xvi Related Documentation

Online manuals - Tools Library

Data Dictionary The Data Dictionary provides table names, field names, and database object relationships so that you understand the underlying database structure. The Data Dictionary is presented in two forms—one that is based on the tables within ADP Enterprise HR and one that presents information through the product processes, incorporates ERD diagrams with hypertext links to table definitions along with references to related records and views.

ADP Enterprise HR also includes an online data dictionary. The online data dictionary allows a developer to enter data dictionary information related to new records or modified records directly into Enterprise HR.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs the Data Dictionary in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\DATADICT directory on the file server. The filename for the Data Dictionary by Database Objects is data_dictionary_by_database_objects.pdf.

The Data Dictionary by Processes, which includes the online ERD diagrams, is in HTML format only and accessed through the file called index.htm.

Application Administrator’s Guide

This guide describes how to set up and administer security for ADP Enterprise HR, such as managing user access, departmental or organizational security, row-level security, field-level security, self-service security, and Enterprise HR database security. This guide also reviews the concepts behind and procedures for application administration.

Delivered in Acrobat PDF format on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs this manual in the HTML\CODEBASE\MANUALS\SCADMIN directory on the file server. The name of the file is the same as the manual’s title, followed by the PDF extension.




Related Documentation xvii

Online Help

DBA Load Help This Help file covers the DBA Load (DBLOAD) application. The DBA Load program is used to populate the ADP Enterprise HR database with data values maintained in the AutoPay Masterfile fields. The DBA Load program is primarily used during the implementation.

You can access Help several ways:

• Click the Help button on a dialog box.

• Select Help ~ Contents from any window.

Delivered on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs the Help file in the ETOOLS\BIN directory on the user’s workstation for integration with the program. The name of the file is DBLOAD.HLP.

WebHelp (HTML)

ADP Enterprise HR Help

This Help file provides information on all the aspects of ADP Enterprise HR as presented in the functional groups: People, Compliance, Planning & Analysis, Staffing, Compensation, Payroll, Staff Relations, Performance & Development, Benefits, and System Admin.

You can access Help in several ways:

• Press F1 (Help) from any panel.

• Select Help ~ ADP Enterprise HR Help from any window.

Delivered on the documentation CD. The Setup program installs the WebHelp files (*.HTM, *.GIF) in the HTML\CODEBASE\HTMLHELP\PSAPPENG directory on the server.




xviii Documentation Conventions

Documentation Conventions

ADP Enterprise HR allows your administrator to configure panels, translate values, and the

Enterprise HR home page. Your administrator can change field labels, assign default values to fields, define fields as required, hide fields, as well as re-align fields on a panel. Translate values can be added, changed or deleted for many fields. Panel illustrations and field descriptions used throughout this guide represent the default settings as delivered by ADP. For specifics on configuring ADP Enterprise HR, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Table 2 describes the documentation conventions used in this guide.

Table 2. Documentation Conventions

Documentation Convention Description

bold In procedures, user interface items that you select, click, or enter information for are shown in bold. For instance, panel names, buttons, and field names.

command Indicates that you should type the command on your computer.

Signifies important additional information.

Signifies very important additional information

Identifies helpful—but not necessary—information.

Signifies that a failure to follow the recommended procedure could result in a loss of data or could result in the product not performing properly.

Used to indicate either of the following:

• You can find additional information in the online Help system.

• You can find additional information on interface shortcuts and tips in the user’s guide.


Documentation Conventions xix

Indicates that you have reached the end of one step in a multiple-step process. Instructions are given after this convention to help you find the next step in the process and other related information.

Lists each step in a multi-step process, and indicates which step the current section is documenting.

In this example, the third step is currently being documented. Note that this step is highlighted in bold and is preceded by a check mark.

If you are viewing an online manual, click the highlighted text to jump to the desired section.

Table 2. Documentation Conventions (cont.)

Documentation Convention Description

MULTI-STEP PROCESS

First step in process

Second step in process

Third step in process


xx Documentation Conventions


Chapter 1

ADP Enterprise HR Login and Overview

PAGE TOPIC

1-2 Introduction

1-2 About ADP Enterprise HR

1-8 Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR

1-10 Signing on Using ADP Enterprise HR Classic Mode (ADP Non-Hosted Clients Only)

Chapter 1: ADP Enterprise HR Login and OverviewUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

1-2 Introduction

Introduction

This chapter provides the terminology used in ADP’s Enterprise HR and instructions for logging into the application and navigating around it.

About ADP Enterprise HR

Here are a few of the key features of ADP Enterprise HR:

This section contains the following topics:

• Combined HR, Payroll, and Benefits Functionality

• Process-Driven Functionality

• Easy Data Entry

• Integrated Reporting

• Organizational Charts at Your Fingertips

• Customizable Shortcuts Area

• Easy Organization or Department Security Setup

• Customizable Home Page Makes Everyday Tasks Easy

• Required Field Labels Highlighted on Every Panel

• Configure Panels and Translate Fields


About ADP Enterprise HR 1-3

Combined HR, Payroll, and Benefits Functionality

Today, changes made in one department almost always have an effect elsewhere in the organization. For example, when an employee makes a new benefits election, this change often trickles into other departmental areas. This new election often initiates a new payroll deduction, and may affect the employee’s dependent information. In fact, this type of change may even prompt an employee to change other deductions or benefits, based on the new election.

With ADP Enterprise HR, your HR, Payroll, and Benefits departments will all be “on the same page.” HR, payroll, and benefits information is entered into one, integrated desktop. From this central location, you may run payroll, manage HR information, and Benefits elections can be made. So, information entered by one department can be accessed almost immediately by another, allowing each department to complete their portion of the total process, if necessary.

Process-Driven Functionality

ADP Enterprise HR was designed to satisfy the needs of the average HR, Payroll, and Benefits professional. Based on industry research, we’ve designed Enterprise to follow the basic processes that are undertaken in each department, every day.

For specific information on the functional groups, and how ADP Enterprise HR is organized, see “Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop” on page 2-3.

Easy Data Entry

If data entry is part of your routine, you’ll be excited about the keyboard shortcuts that we’ve provided with this product.

For a complete list of keyboard shortcuts to all your routine tasks, refer to “Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar” on page 2-5 and “Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar” on page 2-39.

You can also control the scroll bars within ADP Enterprise HR using Microsoft Wheel software

to program the scroll on your mouse.

Integrated Reporting

With ADP Enterprise HR, you’ll never have to leave your desktop. Simply select the report you want to run from the functional group Organizer, enter the report parameters on the panel, and the report is generated. For more information on ADP Enterprise HR reporting, see “Running Reports or Processes” on page 6-4.

For quick and simple reporting, ADP Enterprise HR features Query. Query is an integrated and simplified departmental query tool designed to the meet the needs of most Human Resources, Payroll, and Benefits professionals.

For more information on Query, see “Using Query” on page 6-17.




Easy Data Entry


Organizational Charts at Your Fingertips

Customizable Shortcuts Area

Easy Organization or Department Security Setup

Customizable Home Page Makes Everyday Tasks Easy

Required Field Labels Highlighted on Every Panel

Configure Panels and Translate Fields




The Org Chart panel provides a quick “top-down” look at your organization’s structure. The Org Chart can display your business organizational structure according to various business relationships. You can display the organizational structure filtered by department, manager, supervisor, reports to manager, or location.

The Org Chart panel also provides context menus that allow you to perform other ADP Enterprise HR functions without ever leaving the Org Chart panel. To access context menus, you simply right-click on either a company icon, a department icon, an employee icon, or a job requisition icon.

See “Using the Org Chart Feature” on page 2-24 for more information on this functionality.


The Shortcuts panel provides administrator-level users the ability to add, change, or delete shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks for a specific operator or class. The administrator can also copy these shortcuts tasks from an existing operator or class to another operator or class.

When the administrator creates default shortcuts for a class, any operator assigned to that class will then have those default shortcuts. The shortcuts defined by the administrator for a class display in the Shortcuts panel under Default Shortcuts. When the administrator creates defaults for an operator, those shortcuts will display in the operator’s Shortcuts panel under My Shortcuts.

You can use the Shortcuts feature to create your own shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks. Shortcuts you specify display in your Shortcuts panel under My Shortcuts. You can use the Shortcuts feature to quickly access daily tasks you perform. In addition to Enterprise HR tasks, website URLs can be added as tasks for launching within the application.

Only users set up in operator security with access to the Admin Shortcuts task can create

default shortcuts or edit existing default shortcuts. User can configure their own My Shortcuts tasks. Which tasks a user has access to depends on how they are set up in operator security. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

See “Setting Opening Preferences” on page 2-59 for details on this important functionality.


The process of setting up organization/department security is integrated into the ADP Enterprise HR desktop, making the functionality readily accessible over the Internet.

See “Accessing the Org Security Feature” on page 2-32 and the Application Administrator’s Guide for more information about this functionality.




Easy Data Entry









About ADP Enterprise HR 1-5


Because ADP Enterprise HR is a web-enabled product, you can access your most frequently-used websites without ever leaving the product. ADP Enterprise HR comes complete with a default Home Pages Web Links panel that provides links to a variety of valuable industry and government websites such as the American Payroll Association, the Society for Human Resources Management, the Social Security Administration, and the Department of Labor. And, you also have a link to ADP’s website from this page.

See “Accessing the Home Pages Links Panel” on page 2-33 for more information about this functionality.

The Home Pages Web Links panel is configurable. For information on editing the text and

links on the Web Links panel, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.


ADP Enterprise HR gives you a visual key to the required fields on each panel. The field label for a required field displays in a color other than black.

Figure 1-1. Required Field Labels Highlighted

In Figure 1-1, the Effective Date, Action, Department, and Job Code fields are required field on the Job Status panel.

ADP has defined the required fields. However, your administrator can configure additional

fields as required. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide. Required fields are blue for the color theme used in Figure 1-1.




Easy Data Entry








Required fields




ADP Enterprise HR allows you to configure panels, translate fields, and the home page. You must have been granted proper security to access the configure feature. The configure feature allows you to do the following:

• Configure a panel and its fields

– Assign a default value to a field

– Change a field label

– Define a field as required

– Define a field as hidden

– Reposition a field

– Resize a frame or area

• Configure translate values for most existing fields

– Add a translate value to a field

– Change a translate value’s status or descriptions

– Delete a translate value from a field

• Edit static text and hyperlinks on the ADP Enterprise HR home page

• View and delete existing configurations

See the Application Administrator’s Guide for more information.




Easy Data Entry









Setup Requirements 1-7

Setup Requirements

There are two system setup requirements which are of importance to ADP Enterprise HR end-users.

Minimum Screen Resolution

To properly view the ADP Enterprise HR desktop on your computer, your screen resolution must be set to 1024 x 768 pixels. To check your screen resolution from within your operating system, go to Start ~ Control Panel ~ Appearance and Themes ~ Display ~ Settings.

Normal Font Compatibility Only

ADP Enterprise HR is designed for use with the Normal fonts setting only. To check that your system is using correct font size, go to Start ~ Control Panel ~ Appearance and Themes ~ Display ~ Appearance.

If you had to change the font setting, you’ll need to restart your system for the change to take

effect.



Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR

This section describes two methods for accessing ADP Enterprise HR:

• You access ADP Enterprise HR through a link on the Self Service Practitioner Home page. This link allows you to go directly to the Enterprise HR application without signing on again. Users must be registered for ADP Self Service, assigned user ID in Enterprise HR, and designated as a practitioner in ADP Self Service.

• Signing on Using ADP Enterprise HR Classic Mode (ADP Non-Hosted Clients Only)

With Internet Explorer Version 8 and higher, you may open multiple sessions by clicking New

Session from Internet Explorer’s File menu. A new browser window that does not share session cookies with the original browser opens allowing you to log on as a different user.

Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR Through Self Service

You access ADP Enterprise HR through a link on the Self Service Practitioner Home page. This link allows you to go directly to the Enterprise HR application without signing on again. Users must be registered for ADP Self Service, assigned user ID in Enterprise HR, and designated as a practitioner in ADP Self Service.

To log into Enterprise HR, do the following:

1. Access the URL for Self Service, https://portal.adp.com. The Self-Service Login page displays.

Figure 1-2. Self-Service Login Page

2. Click Administrator Login.


You access ADP Enterprise HR through a link on the Self Service Practitioner Home page. This link allows you to go directly to the Enterprise HR application

itho t signing on


Signing on to ADP Enterprise HR 1-9

3. Enter your User ID and Password and click OK. The Portal Integration page appears.

You may be prompted to provide additional security information.

Figure 1-3. Portal Integration Page

Your page may appear differently depending on how your company has been set up and your

security access.

4. Select Enterprise HR from the Human Resources or Payroll tab.

You may be prompted to run the certified Java version.

When your user profile and password have been automatically confirmed, the Enterprise HR desktop displays.

If, after logging in, you are inactive for 18 minutes, you will receive a warning that your

session is about to time out. Click OK to resume the session or cancel to close the session.

You have finished logging on to ADP Enterprise HR through the Self Service Application.

For information on navigating through the ADP Enterprise HR application, see Chapter 2, “Using the ADP Enterprise HR Application.”



Signing on Using ADP Enterprise HR Classic Mode (ADP Non-Hosted Clients Only)

ADP non-hosted clients may need to sign on using Enterprise “Classic Mode.” If this applies, follow these steps to sign on to ADP Enterprise HR:

1. Open Internet Explorer.

2. In the Address field of the browser, type the http address provided to you by your system administrator and press Enter.

The information bar at the bottom of your screen shows the progress as the product is loaded onto the workstation. The loading process is slower the first time you launch the product on the workstation, or whenever the product code is changed (such as when you receive a product update).

If the ADP-certified JRE is already installed, the ADP Enterprise HR login page displays.

If you have a later version of Java installed, but an earlier version is required to run ADP

Enterprise HR, a Java Security dialog box displays, stating that an earlier version of Java is required. Click Run to continue.

If the ADP-certified JRE is not installed, the applicable JRE is downloaded and installed.

Follow the prompts to complete the installation of the JRE. Once you have finished installing the JRE, a confirmation window displays. Click Run. You are then prompted to log into ADP Enterprise HR.

The name of your database displays above the Operator ID and Password fields.

3. In the Operator ID field, enter your profile ID. You must use upper case.

Your profile ID provides you with the appropriate security clearance to access ADP Enterprise HR. The application also uses your profile ID to track or audit any changes you make.

Profile IDs must begin with an alpha character followed by alphanumeric and/or the

following special characters: $ (dollar sign), # (pound sign), and _ (underscore). You must also include the database schema name as part of your profile ID login. For example, USER123_<SCHEMA NAME>.

4. Enter the password assigned to you in the Password field.

Characters entered in a security-protected field, such as this Password field, always

display as asterisks (****). If your password has expired, a change password dialog box is displayed for you.

Your security profile, which is created for you, controls the tasks you can perform in ADP Enterprise HR.

5. Click OK and accept the Terms and Conditions.

ADP Enterprise HR Version 5.04.03.1 supports Oracle Java 7 Update 51 or higher. For more information, see the Updating Java Guide.


You access ADP Enterprise HR through a link on the Self Service Practitioner Home page. This link allows you to go directly to the Enterprise HR application without signing on again


Taking the User Interface Tour 1-11

Taking the User Interface Tour

An online tour is available to guide you through interface features and navigation. In addition to the information in this chapter, the user interface tour includes the following concepts:

• Desktop features

• Navigation

• User Preferences

Figure 1-4 illustrates the opening page for the User Interface Tour.

Figure 1-4. User Interface and Navigation Tour

To access the user interface and navigation tour, from the ADP Enterprise HR desktop Help menu, select ADP Enterprise HR Help and then select User Interface Tour in the right pane of the main Help page.

If the tour does not display, you may need to install the latest version of Adobe® Flash Player.

To download the latest version of Flash Player, go to www.adobe.com


www.adobe.com

1-12 Taking the User Interface Tour


Chapter 2

Using the ADP Enterprise HR Application

PAGE TOPIC

2-2 Introduction

2-3 Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop

2-5 Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar

2-12 Using the Support Applications Toolbar

2-34 Accessing Tasks

2-39 Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar

2-46 Using the Workspace

2-53 Using the Bulletin Area

2-59 Setting Opening Preferences

2-61 Advanced User Information

Chapter 2: Using the ADP Enterprise HR ApplicationUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

2-2 Introduction

Introduction

This chapter provides information about all the parts of the ADP Enterprise HR application, navigating in the application, and using the menus, toolbars, and shortcuts.

The ADP Enterprise HR desktop is your starting point in the Enterprise HR application. The desktop provides various menus and toolbars, as well as access to the functional groups. The functional groups and application support features open within a secondary, or internal window. Multiple internal windows can be open at one time.

You access the specific Enterprise HR tasks through the various functional groups. Once you have accessed an Enterprise HR task, there are additional menu and toolbar items available.


Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop 2-3

Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop

The ADP Enterprise HR desktop is your starting point in the Enterprise HR application. The desktop provides application menus and toolbars, as well as access to the application functional groups. When you first access Enterprise HR, here is what you see:

Figure 2-1. The ADP Enterprise HR Desktop

In order for ADP Enterprise HR to function properly, be sure to turn off pop-up blockers for

your browser. If pop-up blockers are turned on, you may not be able to access links, URLs, or Help.

The main areas of the ADP Enterprise HR desktop are as follows:

• Desktop Menu Bar – ADP Enterprise HR offers a long list of functionality through its desktop menu bar.

• Desktop Toolbar – The desktop toolbar offers quick access to several functions also available through the menu bar.

• Support Applications Toolbar – Provides access to the following applications:

– Shortcuts

– Org Chart

– Query

– Org Security

Toolbar

Support Applications Toolbar

Menu Bar

Functional Groups (Taskbar)


2-4 Reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR Desktop

– Worklist

– Links

The applications that are available through the Support Applications Toolbar depend on

your operator profile. For more information on operator security, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.

• Functional Groups Taskbar – Click the functional group to access the related tasks. From the functional groups, you can access the process groups, the processes, then finally the specific tasks. See “Accessing Tasks” on page 2-34 for more information.

The functional groups that are available depend on your operator profile. If you do not

have access to a specific functional group, the Functional Group Taskbar name will be grayed and unavailable. For more information on operator security, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.

You have finished reviewing the ADP Enterprise HR desktop. Next you will review the menu bar and toolbar available on the desktop.


Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar 2-5

Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar

The desktop menu bar and toolbar are located at the top of the ADP Enterprise HR desktop (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-3). The following sections detail the menu items and icons available.

Desktop Menu Bar

Table 2-1 lists the items available in the menu bar, their functions, and how you can perform the same functions using a keyboard shortcut or the desktop toolbar, if applicable.

Items available to you through the desktop menu bar depend on how you are set up in

operator security. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Table 2-1. Desktop Menu Bar

Menu Menu Item DescriptionKeyboard Shortcut

Toolbar Item

File File Upload Launches File Upload dialog box. Use this dialog box to upload files to your ADP hosting center.

Alt-U

Report Outputs Launches the Report Outputs dialog box to access reports. For more information on running reports, see page 6-4.

Alt-R

Report Outputs (Local)

Launches a Report Outputs dialog box that enables you to pick from a list of reports on your local system.

Alt-L

Exit Closes the current ADP Enterprise HR instance (desktop).

Edit Desktop Colors

Displays a list of color themes from which you can choose. See “Setting Desktop Colors” on page 2-10 for more information.

Form Designer Launches the Form Designer, which allows you to select, order, and re-label fields on panel(s) of a specific task and then place that “user-defined form” for the task in the ADP Enterprise HR menus. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.


Desktop Menu Bar

Desktop Toolbar



Edit (cont)

Configure Translate Fields

Accesses the Configure Translates window, which allows you to configure translate values for some of the ADP Enterprise HR fields. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Atl-T

All Configurations

Accesses the All Configurations window, which allows you to view and delete configurations. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Alt-A

Configure Inbound Messages

For clients using ADP VirtualEdge (VE) Professional, accesses the Configure Inbound Messages panel. This panel allows you to choose which of multiple database field bindings are applied to an inbound message. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Configure Outbound Messages

Accesses the Export Filter and Export Data Mapping panels, which allow you to modify the export definition for the selected export. For more information on the Export Utility, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Table 2-1. Desktop Menu Bar (cont.)


Toolbar Item



Desktop The following functional groups can also be accessed

through the Functional Groups Taskbar.

People Accesses the People functional group.

Staffing Accesses the Staffing functional group.

Compensation Accesses the Compensation functional group.

Benefits Accesses the Benefits functional group.

Performance & Development

Accesses the Performance & Development functional group.

Staff Relations Accesses the Staff Relations functional group.

Payroll Accesses the Payroll functional group.

Compliance Accesses the Compliance functional group.



Toolbar Item



Desktop (cont)

Planning & Analysis

Accesses the Planning & Analysis functional group.

System Admin Accesses the System Admin functional group.

The following features can also be accessed through

the Support Applications Toolbar.

Shortcuts Accesses the Shortcuts feature. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Org Chart Accesses the Org Chart feature. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Query Accesses the Query feature. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Org Security Accesses the Org Security feature. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Worklist Accesses the Worklist feature. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Links Accesses the Home Pages Links panel. This feature is also accessible from the Support Applications Toolbar.

Tools Message Monitor

Launches the Message Monitor. For more information, see “Accessing the Message Monitor” on page 5-4.

Alt-M

Process Monitor

Launches the Process Monitor, which displays the status of a system process, such as a report or an application process that you’ve submitted. For more information, refer to “Using the Process Monitor” on page 2-61.

Alt-P



Toolbar Item



Tools (cont)

DB Agent Launches Workflow queries. For more information on Workflow, refer to the Workflow User’s Guide.

You can also access the DB Agent

through the following path: System Admin ~ Workflow Administration ~ Database Agents.

Windows Cascade Select to cascade any open internal windows (functional groups/support applications/panels).

Minimize All Select to minimize any open functional groups/panels.

Restore All Select to maximize any open functional groups/panels.

Help ADP Enterprise HR Help

Access to panel-based help. Complete descriptions on each field included.

F1

Online Manuals

Access to a list of online manuals for the product.

User Terms Access to the Terms and Conditions.

Internet Terms Access to ADP website Terms and Conditions of Use

Privacy Statement

Access to ADP website Privacy Statement.

ADP Trademarks

Access to a listing of ADP Trademarks and Service Marks.


Generates a dialog box that shows the operator’s ID number, application server, database type, installation level, and version number.



Toolbar Item



Setting Desktop Colors

ADP Enterprise HR ships with a standard set of desktop colors themes from which you can choose your own, personal theme. A number of color schemes are available, including the High Contrast color scheme for visually impaired users.

To select a desktop color theme, follow these steps:

1. From the Edit menu, select Desktop Colors. The list of desktop color themes is displayed.

Figure 2-2. List of Desktop Color Themes

The default desktop color theme for this documentation is ADP Gold.

2. Select a color theme from the list.

3. If you have any open functional group windows, close, then reopen to see your color change.

The selected color theme is retained between operator sessions.

You have finished reviewing the menu bar available on the ADP Enterprise HR desktop. You have also used one of the menu items to change the default color scheme. Next you will review the desktop toolbar.



Desktop Toolbar

The desktop toolbar is located at the top right on the desktop (see “The ADP Enterprise HR Desktop” on page 2-3). A tool tip is available for each button on the toolbar. To display the tip for a button, move the mouse so that your cursor is over the button. Pause for a second, and the tool tip displays.

Table 2-2 lists the toolbar buttons, their functions, and how you can perform the same functions using a keyboard shortcut or the desktop menu bar.

Some toolbar buttons change the displayed icon when a process is complete. Both states are

represented in the following table.

You have finished reviewing the desktop menu bar and toolbar. Next you will review how to use the Support Applications Toolbar.

Table 2-2. Desktop Toolbar Buttons

FunctionToolbar Item Description

Keyboard Shortcut Menu Item

Message Monitor

Launches the Message Monitor. For more information on Message Notification, see page 5-4.

Alt-M Tools ~ Message Monitor

Process Monitor

Launches the Process Monitor, which displays the status of a system process, such as a report or an application process that you’ve submitted. For more information on the Process Monitor, see page 2-61.

Alt-P Tools ~ Process Monitor

Report Outputs Launches the Report Outputs dialog box to access reports. For more information on running reports, see page 6-4.

Alt-R File ~ Report Outputs

Report Outputs (Local)

Launches a Report Outputs dialog box that enables you to pick from a list of reports on your local system.

Alt-L File ~ Report Outputs (Local)

File Upload Launches File Upload dialog box. Use this dialog box to upload files to your ADP hosting center.

Alt-U File ~ File Upload


Desktop Menu Bar

Desktop Toolbar



Using the Support Applications Toolbar

The Support Applications Toolbar is located on the ADP Enterprise HR desktop, immediately under the desktop menu bar.

Features available to you through the Support Application Toolbar depend on how you are set

up in operator security. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Figure 2-3. Support Application Toolbar

The Support Applications Toolbar is used to accessed the following ADP Enterprise HR features:

• Shortcuts (see “Using the Shortcuts Feature” on page 2-13)

• Org Chart (see “Using the Org Chart Feature” on page 2-24)

• Query (see “Accessing the Query Feature” on page 2-31)

• Org Security (see “Accessing the Org Security Feature” on page 2-32)

• Worklist (see “Accessing the Worklist Feature” on page 2-65)

• Links (see “Accessing the Home Pages Links Panel” on page 2-33)

To access any of the support applications, click the appropriate button to launch the corresponding feature.


Using the Support Applications Toolbar 2-13

Using the Shortcuts Feature

The Shortcuts panel provides administrator-level users the ability to add, change, or delete shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks for a specific operator or class. The administrator can also copy these shortcuts tasks from an existing operator or class to another operator or class.

When the administrator creates default shortcuts for a class, any operator assigned to that class will then have those default shortcuts. The shortcuts defined by the administrator for a class display in the Shortcuts panel under Default Shortcuts. When the administrator creates defaults for an operator, those shortcuts will display in the operator’s Shortcuts panel under My Shortcuts.

You must be set up in operator security for access to the Admin Shortcuts task in order to create or edit default shortcuts, or to copy shortcuts from one operator or class to another. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

You can use the Shortcuts feature to create your own shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks. Shortcuts you specify display in your Shortcuts panel under My Shortcuts. You can use the Shortcuts feature to quickly access daily tasks you perform. For example, if you enter new hire information more than once a day, you might want to be able to launch the New Hire task through the Shortcuts feature without having to navigate through the various levels of ADP Enterprise HR. In addition to Enterprise HR tasks, website URLs can be added as tasks for launching within the application.

Only users set up in operator security with access to the Admin Shortcuts task can create

default shortcuts or edit existing default shortcuts. User can configure their own My Shortcuts tasks. Which tasks a user has access to depends on how they are set up in operator security. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Using the Shortcuts feature includes the following tasks:

• Accessing the Shortcuts Feature

• Defining Shortcuts for Operators/Classes (Administrator)

• Defining My Shortcuts

• Adding URL Tasks to Shortcuts

• Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons



Using the Org Chart Feature

Accessing the Query Feature

Accessing the Org Security Feature

Accessing the Home Pages Links Panel



Accessing the Shortcuts Feature

To access the Shortcuts feature, do the following:

1. Click Shortcuts on the Support Applications Toolbar (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-12). The Shortcuts feature opens in an internal window.

Figure 2-4 shows the Shortcuts feature for an administrative-level user, with both My Shortcuts and Default Shortcuts displayed. Default Shortcuts only displays if default shortcuts have been defined for the class to which the operator belongs. My Shortcuts displays if either the operator has configured shortcuts, or if the administrator has defined shortcuts for that operator. Note the Admin button at the bottom right of the Shortcuts panel. For users who do not have access to the Admin Shortcuts task, the button will display as Configure.

Figure 2-4. Shortcuts Panel

2. Click to expand the tree and view specific tasks. You can also click (Expand All) to expand the selected top tree level.

You have finished accessing the Shortcuts panel. For information on setting up Default Shortcuts, see “Defining Shortcuts for Operators/Classes (Administrator)” on page 2-15. For information on setting up My Shortcuts, see “Defining My Shortcuts” on page 2-19.



Defining Shortcuts for Operators/Classes (Administrator)

Defining My Shortcuts

Adding URL Tasks to Shortcuts

Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons

ADP Enterprise HR Desktop

Shortcuts (opens in an internal window)




You must be set up in operator security for access to the Admin Shortcuts task (HIDDEN PANELGROUP/HIDDEN/Practitioner Tools) in order to create or edit default shortcuts for a class, or to copy shortcuts from one operator or class to another operator or class. This task is delivered disabled. For more information on operator security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Once you have defined shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks for a specific operator or class, you can also copy these shortcuts to another operator or class.

To define shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks for operators/classes, do the following:

1. Click Admin on the Shortcuts panel (see “Accessing the Shortcuts Feature” on page 2-14). The Customize Shortcuts panel displays.

When the Customize Shortcuts panel displays, the view defaults to the logged in

operator and displays the operator’s My Tasks in the Target area.

Figure 2-5. Customize Shortcuts Panel for Admin

2. To create a list of default shortcut tasks for a class, do the following:

a. From the Shortcuts for field, select the class for which you want to create the default shortcuts.

b. From the Using field, select the HR Life Cycle source option. The functional groups available for that class display in the Source area and Default Shortcuts displays in Target area.

To copy the default shortcuts from another class, select the Operator source option,

then select the class from the drop down list. The default shortcuts for the selected class display in the Source area. You can then copy the tasks from the Source area to the Target area. Operator security is checked and only tasks that the target class has access to will be displayed and available in the Source area.







Source area

Target area



c. Click next to the functional group to expand the tree and view process groups, processes, and tasks.

d. In the Source area, highlight the functional group, process group, process, and/or task you want to include in the default shortcuts and click Copy. The selected item is moved into the Target area.

You can use the Add Folder button to add sub-folders to your My Shortcuts.

e. Move additional functional groups, process groups, processes, and/or tasks from the Source area to the Target area as needed.

f . To organize your tasks, use the Customize Shortcuts buttons as needed (see “Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons” on page 2-23 for more information).

g. When you are finished moving the desired items into the default shortcuts, click Save. All operators assigned to the class will have the shortcuts you defined displayed under Default Shortcuts when they open their Shortcuts panel.

Only users set up in operator security with access to the Admin Shortcuts task can

create default shortcuts or edit existing default shortcuts.

Figure 2-6 shows an example of default shortcuts defined for the PAYROLL class.

Figure 2-6. Example of Default Shortcuts Defined for the Payroll Class

3. To create a list of tasks for an operator, do the following:

a. From the Shortcuts for field, select the operator for which you want to create the default shortcuts.



b. From the Using field, select the HR Life Cycle source option. The functional groups available for that operator display in the Source area and Shortcuts displays in the Target area.

To copy the shortcuts from another operator or class, select the Operator source

option, then select the operator or class from the drop down list. The shortcuts for the selected operator or class display in the Source area. You can then copy the tasks from the Source area to the Target area. Operator security is checked, and only tasks that the target operator has access to will be displayed and available in the Source area.

c. Click next to the functional group to expand the tree and view process groups, processes, and tasks.

d. From the Source area, highlight the functional group, process group, process, and/or task you want to include in the default shortcuts and click Copy. The selected item is moved into the Target area.


e. Move additional functional groups, process groups, processes, and/or tasks from the Source area to the Target area as needed.

f . To organize your tasks, use the Customize Shortcuts buttons as needed (see “Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons” on page 2-23 for more information).

g. When you are finished moving the desired items into the shortcuts, click Save. The shortcuts you defined will display under My Shortcuts when the operator opens the Shortcuts panel.

Operator’s can add, change, or delete tasks listed in their My Shortcuts.

Figure 2-6 shows an example of shortcuts defined for the HR Admin operator.

Figure 2-7. Example of Shortcuts Defined for the HR Admin Operator



4. To edit previously define shortcuts for an operator or class, do the following:

a. From the Shortcuts for field, select the operator or class for which you want to edit the shortcuts. If you selected an operator, Shortcuts displays in the Target area. If you selected a class, Default Shortcuts displays in the Target area.

b. To add new functional groups, process groups, processes and/or tasks, select the item from the Source area and click Copy. The selected item is added to the shortcuts.

c. Delete functional groups, process groups, processes, and/or tasks from the Target area. Select the item you wish to delete and click Remove. The selected item is removed from the shortcuts.

5. When you are finished making changes, click Save. Click OK to close the Customize Shortcuts panel.

You have finished defining default shortcuts for classes, defined shortcuts for operators, and copied shortcuts from one operator or class to another.

Next you can define your own shortcuts.




You can use the Shortcuts feature to create your own shortcuts to ADP Enterprise HR tasks. Shortcuts you specify display in your Shortcuts panel under My Shortcuts. You can use the Shortcuts feature to quickly access daily tasks that you perform.

Default Shortcuts only displays in your Shortcuts panel if default shortcuts have been

defined for the class to which you belong. My Shortcuts displays in your Shortcuts panel if either you have configured shortcuts, or if the administrator has defined shortcuts for you as an operator.

To define your My Shortcuts, do the following:

1. From the Shortcuts panel, click Configure. (See “Accessing the Shortcuts Feature” on page 2-14.)

Figure 2-8. Shortcuts Panel









The Customize Shortcuts panel displays. The functional groups available for you display in the Source area and My Shortcuts displays in the Target area.

If no shortcuts have been defined, there will not be any items listed under the My

Shortcuts.

Figure 2-9. Customize Shortcuts Panel

2. To add tasks to your My Shortcuts, do the following:

a. From the Source area, click next to the functional group to expand the tree and view process groups, processes, and tasks.

b. Highlight the functional group, process group, process, and/or task you want to include in the default shortcuts and click Copy. The selected item is moved into the Target area.

c. Move additional functional groups, process groups, processes, and/or tasks from the Source area to the Target area as needed.


3. To remove tasks from your My Shortcuts, do the following:

a. From the Target area, click next to the functional group to expand the tree and view process groups, processes, and tasks.

b. Highlight the functional group, process group, process, and/or task you want to remove from your shortcuts and click Remove. The selected item is removed from your shortcuts.

Source area

Target area



Figure 2-10 shows the OSHA Forms 300 and 301 task added to the My Shortcuts. Note that the OSHA Forms folder was also created.

Figure 2-10. Adding a Task to My Shortcuts

4. To organize your tasks, use the Customize Shortcuts buttons as needed (see “Reviewing the Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons” on page 2-23 for more information).

5. To add URLs to your shortcuts, see “Adding URL Tasks to Shortcuts” on page 2-22.

6. When you are finished making your changes, click OK.

You have finished defining My Shortcuts. Next you can review how to add URL tasks to your shortcuts.




You can add frequently-used website URLs as tasks to your shortcuts.

In order for ADP Enterprise HR to function properly, be sure to turn off pop-up blockers for

your browser. If pop-up blockers are turned on, you may not be able to access links, URLs, or Help.

To add URLs to shortcuts, do the following:

1. From the Shortcuts panel (see “Accessing the Shortcuts Feature” on page 2-14), click Configure or Admin to access the Customize Shortcuts panel. (See Figure 2-5 on page 2-15 and Figure 2-9 on page 2-20.)

2. Click Add URL Task. The Enter URL dialog box displays.

Figure 2-11. Enter URL Dialog Box

3. Enter the complete address for the URL (for example, http://www.adp.com) in the Task URL field and click OK. The Enter Task Name dialog box displays.

Figure 2-12. Enter Task Name Dialog Box

4. Enter a task name for the URL address in the Task Name field and click OK. The task name for the website URL displays in Target area.

Figure 2-13. Adding a URL to My Shortcuts







Source area

Target area



5. If you need to update the address of a website without renaming the task, click Change URL to open the Enter URL dialog box, as shown in Figure 2-11. Enter the new URL as previously described in Step 3.

6. When you are finished making changes, click OK.

You have finished add URLs to your shortcuts. Next you will review the Customize Shortcuts panel fields and buttons.


Table 2-3 lists the fields and buttons available on the Customize Shortcuts panel. For an illustration of this panel, see Figure 2-5 and Figure 2-9.

Table 2-3. Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons

Field/Button Name Purpose

Shortcuts for Select the class or operator for which you want to create the default shortcuts.

This field is only available for users set up in operator security with

access to the Admin Shortcuts task.

Using Select the source option from where you want to copy tasks. The tasks from the selected source display in the Source Area. Options are:

• HR Life Cycle – Select to display all available functional groups, with their respective process groups, processes, and tasks.

• Operator – Select this option, then select the operator or class whose tasks you want to display.

These fields are only available for users set up in operator security

with access to the Admin Shortcuts task.

Source Area Displays the tasks for the selected source. You can select which tasks you want to copy from the selected source to the target, specified in the Shortcuts for field.

Copy Click this button to move items selected in the Source Area to the Target Area.

Target Area Displays the shortcut items selected for the target specified in the Shortcuts for field.

Move Up Moves the highlighted process or task in the Target Area up in the list.

Move Down Moves the highlighted process or task in the Target Area down in the list.

Rename Allows you to rename the highlighted process or task in the Target Area.









You have finished reviewing the Customize Shortcuts panel, which is the last task in using the Shortcuts feature. Next you will review how to use the Org Chart feature.


The Org Chart panel provides a quick “top-down” look at your organization’s structure. The Org Chart can display your business organizational structure according to various business relationships. You can display the organizational structure filtered according to the following options:

• Department – If Department is selected from the Org Chart View field, the first level of the organizational tree is companies, followed by multiple levels of departments, then the individual employees within the department.

Do not enter a parent department in the Parent Department field on the Departments

panel (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup ~ Departments) if you are defining a root level department. For more information, see the Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide.

• Manager – If Manager is selected from the Org Chart View field, the first level of the organizational tree is companies, followed by each manager in the company, then the employees that report to that manager. Any job requisitions for that manager are also displayed.

The same person can manage multiple departments. In this case, the manager is listed in

the view for each department he manages. The department name is in parenthesis beside the manager name, and the employees for that particular department are listed under the manager.

• Supervisor – If Supervisor is selected from the Org Chart View field, the first level of the organizational tree is companies, followed by each supervisor in the company, then the employees that report to that supervisor. This view is very similar to the Manager view. No job requisitions are included in the Supervisor view. The job title is shown in parenthesis next to the supervisor’s name in the org chart tree. A Show Dept/Show Title button is available, which allows you to toggle between showing the supervisor’s job title or department. (See Figure 2-15 on page 2-26.)

An employee can have more than one supervisor, if the employee has more than one job

description. In this case, the employee will be listed under each supervisor.

Remove Deletes the highlighted process or task from the Target Area list.

Add Folder Adds a folder above the highlighted element in the Target Area list. The highlighted process or task then becomes part of that folder.

Add URL Task Adds a website address to your shortcuts list.

Change URL Allows you to update the URL of the website without changing the task name.

Table 2-3. Customize Shortcuts Fields and Buttons (cont.)

Field/Button Name Purpose









• Reports To Manager – If Reports To Manager is selected from the Org Chart View field, the first level of the organizational tree is companies, followed by each reporting manager in the company, then the employees that report to that manager. This view is very similar to the Manager view. No job requisitions are included in the Reports To Manager view. The job title is shown in parenthesis next to the reports to manager’s name in the org chart tree. A Show Dept/Show Title button is available, which allows you to toggle between showing the reports to manager’s job title or department. (See Figure 2-15 on page 2-26.)

• Location – If Location is selected from the Org Chart View field, the first level of the organizational tree is location, followed by the employees that report to that location.

You can set the default for how you want the Org Chart to display when it first opens, using the System Preferences task (System Admin ~ Application Administration ~ Preferences ~ System Preferences). The user’s selected view type is stored as a user preference and is displayed in that view until the user changes it. For more information on setting the system preferences, see “Setting Opening Preferences” on page 2-59.

To access the Org Chart, click Org Chart on the Support Applications Toolbar (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-12). The Org Chart feature opens in an internal window.

Figure 2-14. Org Chart Panel

The Org Chart tree will display according to the default view set in the System Preferences task (see “Setting Opening Preferences” on page 2-59). You can change the sort by selecting another view option from the View field.


Org Chart (opens in an internal window)



Click to expand the tree down to the employee level. You can also click (Expand

All) to expand the selected top tree level. Click (Collapse All) to collapse the selected expanded top tree level.

The Supervisor and Reports to Manager views also include a Show Dept/Show Title button,

which allows you to toggle between showing the supervisor’s or reports to manager’s department or job title. The default view is to show the supervisor’s or reports to manager’s job title in parenthesis next to their name in the org chart tree.

Figure 2-15. Org Chart Panel - Expanded View

Show Dept/Show Title button displays for Supervisor and Reports to Manager views



Org Chart Data Elements

The following chart displays the different types of elements that can be found on the Org Chart panel.

Table 2-4. Org Chart Data Types

Icon Data Type Description of Data

Company Org Chart loads only active companies from the ADP Enterprise HR database. Only departments report to companies.

Employees never report directly to companies.

Department Org Chart loads only active departments from the ADP Enterprise HR database. Departments are displayed with reporting relationships established by the Reports To field on the Department table.

Manager/Supervisor/Reports To Manager

Org Chart loads only active, paid leave, unpaid leave, and suspended managers/supervisors from the ADP Enterprise HR database. Terminated and deceased managers/supervisors are not loaded or displayed in the organization tree.

Managers/supervisors are displayed reporting to the department entered on the Job Information panel (part of the HR Information task), before the department’s employees and sub-departments. Blue indicates male, pink indicates female, and gray indicates unspecified gender.

Employee Org Chart loads only active, paid leave, unpaid leave, and suspended employees from the ADP Enterprise HR database. Terminated and deceased employees are not loaded or displayed in the Organization Tree.

Employees are displayed reporting to the department entered on the Job Information panel. Blue indicates male, pink indicates female, and gray indicates unspecified gender.

Job Requisitions These “ghost” employee figures represent job profiles or requisitions with a status of “open” or “hold.” Job requisitions always display after a department’s managers and employees, but before its sub-departments.

Location Org Chart only loads locations from the ADP Enterprise HR database.



Org Chart Panel Search Features

The following table describes the search functions found in the Org Chart panel.

Context Menus

Context menus allow you to perform other ADP Enterprise HR functions without ever leaving the Org Chart panel. To access context menus, you simply right-click on either a company icon, a department icon, an employee icon, or a job requisition icon. For illustrations of these icons, refer to Table 2-4 on page 2-27.

Context Menu Functions by Company

By right-clicking on a company icon in the Org Chart tree structure, you can access the following functionality on a company level as described in Table 2-6.

Table 2-5. Org Chart Panel Search Buttons

Button Purpose

Launches a search dialog requesting information on the employee. Displays summary information for the employee. In the Organizer, the focus is positioned on the selected employee.

This feature is useful for verifying employment.

Launches a search dialog requesting information on the department. Displays summary information for the department. In the Organizer, the focus is positioned on the selected department.

This is useful for checking the location of the department, the manager’s name, and the department’s EEO4 function.

Table 2-6. Context Menu Functions by Company

Context Menu Function Purpose

Company Profile Enables you to make global changes to the company you’ve selected.

This functionality is only available to individuals who have

security access to change company information.



Context Menu Functions by Department

By right-clicking on a department icon in the Org Chart tree structure, you can access additional functionality as described in Table 2-7.

Context Menu Functions by Employee

By right-clicking on an employee icon in the Org Chart tree structure, you can access additional functionality as described in Table 2-8.

Table 2-7. Context Menu Functions by Department


Department Profile Enables you to make global changes to the department you’ve selected.

This functionality is only available to individuals who have

security access to change department information.

Table 2-8. Context Menu Functions by Employee


Employee Profile Enables you to view the employee’s employment profile without leaving the Org Chart view.

Personal Information Enables you to change the employee’s name, address, telephone numbers, regulatory information, or citizenship/I9 data.

Personal History Enables you to view both the current and historical information on the employee.

Personnel Actions Enables you to make changes concerning the employee’s job and/or position.

Performance Review Allows you to look at the employee’s review results, factor ratings, goals and objectives, and review comments.

Merit Increases Allows you to assign and approve employee increases.

Training Summary Enables you to view the employee’s record of training as well as a list of reimbursements provided for the training.

Enroll in Training Enables you to enroll the employee in learning activity sessions.

Career Plan Details Enables you to define the specifics of a career plan for the employee without leaving the Org Chart view.

Competency Profile Enables you to view the employee’s competencies without leaving the Org Chart view.



Context Menu Functions by Job Requisition

By right-clicking on a job requisition icon in the Org Chart tree structure, you can access additional functionality as described in Table 2-9.

You have finished using the Org Chart feature. Next you will access the Query feature.

Table 2-9. Context Menu Functions by Job Requisition


Define Requisition Enables you to view information for a selected requisition.




For quick and simplified departmental querying, ADP Enterprise HR provides the Query feature. Query is an integrated and simplified departmental query tool designed to meet the needs of most Human Resources, Payroll, and Benefits professionals.The Query panel displays with Standard and Customized Views.

To access Query, click Query on the Support Applications Toolbar (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-12). The Query feature opens in an internal window.

Figure 2-16. Query Panel

For detailed step-by-step information on using Query, see “Using Query” on page 6-17.

You have finished accessing the Query feature. Next you will access the Org Security feature.








Query (opens in an internal window)




The process of setting up organization/department security is integrated into the ADP Enterprise HR desktop, making the functionality readily accessible over the Internet.

To access Org Security, click Org Security on the Support Applications Toolbar (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-12). The Org Security feature opens in an internal window.

Figure 2-17. Org Security Panel

For more information about conceptual introduction to organizational security trees, tree terminology, and creating a departmental security tree, refer to the Application Administrator’s Guide.

You have finished accessing the Org Security feature. Next you will access the Home Pages Links panel.








Org Security (opens in an internal window)




The Home Pages Links panel provides links to a variety of valuable industry and government websites such as the American Payroll Association, the Society for Human Resources Management, the Social Security Administration, and the Department of Labor. You can customize the Home Pages Links panel, editing text and adding/changing/deleting links to websites. For complete information on customizing the Home Pages Links panel, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

To access the Home Pages Links panel, click Link on the Support Applications Toolbar (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-12). The Links panel opens in an internal window.

Figure 2-18. Home Pages Links Panel

You can set the Home Pages Links panel as your default start page, using the System

Preferences task. See “Setting Opening Preferences” on page 2-59 for more information.

You have finished accessing the Home Pages Links panel, which is the last step in using the Support Application Toolbar. Next you will access specific ADP Enterprise HR tasks.








Home Pages Links Panel (opens in an internal window)



Accessing Tasks

The ADP Enterprise HR functional groups contain a number of business process and tasks. Specific process groups are nestled under each functional group. Within each process group, there are specific processes. Finally, within each process, are the specific tasks that allow you to view, enter, and modify information.

To access specific tasks, do the following:

1. From the ADP Enterprise HR desktop (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-3), click the Functional Groups Taskbar link you wish to access. The selected functional group Organizer displays.

Figure 2-19. People Functional Group Organizer


People Functional Group Organizer (opens in an internal window)


Accessing Tasks 2-35

The Organizer provides the following navigation icons:

2. To navigate to a specific task, first click next to the process group, then click next to the process. The tasks available for the selected process are displayed in the Organizer.

Figure 2-20. Available Tasks Displayed in the Organizer

Table 2-10. Organizer Navigation Icons

Icon Purpose

(Expand All) Click to expand the selected process group to show all available process and tasks.

(Collapse All) Click to collapse the selected process group view.

(Go)Launches the selected task or report. Enabled only when the task is selected.

(Expand) Click to expand the selected item to view processes or tasks.

(Collapse) Click to close the selected item.

Tasks

Process Group

Organizer

Processes



3. Double-click a specific task to access the panel for that task. A Search dialog box for that task displays. The fields on the Search dialog box vary, depending on what task you are accessing. Figure 2-21 shows an example of the Search dialog for the Change Employee’s Pay Rate task.

Figure 2-21. Search Dialog Box for the Change Employee’s Pay Rate Task

4. Enter the appropriate search criteria and click OK. (For more information see “Entering Search Criteria” on page 4-3.) The panel or panel group for the task displays in the Workspace. Figure 2-22 shows an example of the People functional group with the Personnel Actions process group expanded, the Change Pay Rate process expanded, and the Change Employee’s Pay Rate task selected.

Figure 2-22. Example Task Panel Selected

Bulletin Area

Task Panel Opens in Workspace

Toolbar

Menu Bar


Accessing Tasks 2-37

The Workspace is where you perform most of your data entry. For specific information,

see “Using the Workspace” on page 2-46.

The Bulletin Area consists of three panels—one displays system messages, one produces a list of your search results, and the third is used to suspend a process that you’re temporarily stopping, but intend to return to. For specific information, see “Using the Bulletin Area” on page 2-53.

5. You can open multiple functional groups and tasks. You can minimize your open

functional groups and tasks by clicking in the upper right-hand corner of the internal window. The minimized functional group will display at the bottom of the desktop.

Figure 2-23. ADP Enterprise HR Desktop with Minimized Functional Group Windows

6. You can double-click on the minimized window to restore the window to full size. You can also right-click on a minimized internal window to view which tasks are open for that functional group. The menu item in bold is the item that was active when the internal window was minimized. Whichever task is selected from the pop-up, will become the active panel. If one of the non-active panels is chosen from the pop-up, the active panel is first suspended to the board before restoring the selected panel. For more information on posting to the board, see “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54.

Minimized Internal Windows



Figure 2-24 shows an example of the pop-up menu you would see when you right-click on a minimized internal window.

Figure 2-24. Example of Right-Click Menu for a Minimized Internal Window

You have finished learning how to navigate to specific tasks within ADP Enterprise HR. Next you will review the menu bar and toolbar available once you have accessed the functional group Organizer and tasks.


Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar 2-39

Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar

Once you have navigated to a functional group Organizer, a menu bar is available. This menu bar is also available for any selected tasks. Once you have selected a task, the task toolbar becomes available. The Organizer/task menu bar and the task toolbar are different than the desktop menu bar and desktop toolbar. The following sections detail the menu items and icons available.

Organizer and Task Menu Bar

The menu bar is located at the top of the functional group organizer (see Figure 2-22 on page 2-36). Table 2-11 lists the items available in the menu bar, their functions, and how you can perform the same functions using a keyboard shortcut or the toolbar, if applicable.

The toolbar items are available once you have accessed a task. Some of the items, such as

the Save icon are not available until you have made changes to a panel.

Table 2-11. Organizer/Task Menu Bar


Toolbar Item

File Save Saves current changes. Enter

Print Prints the current Anchor Panel, Control Bar, and the Workspace contents.

Only the data currently displayed in

the scroll or grid, if applicable, is printed. Also, if the task in the Workspace has multiple panels, only the active panel is printed.

The printout includes a footer, showing the date the printout was produced.

Ctrl-P

Post to Board Minimizes current work to the Board area. Does not save.

Ctrl-T

Close Closes the current group of tabs. Esc

Exit Closes the task or organizer.



Task Toolbar



Edit Pick List Displays a list of valid values using the value you supply as a partial key.

F4

Pick List/Partial

Key

Displays a list of valid values using the value you supply as a partial key.

Shift-F4

Pick List/Alternate Keys

Displays a list of valid values based on the alternate key value you provide.

Ctrl-F4

Insert Row Used with events that are effective-dated. Inserts a row of data into the entity, enabling you to maintain the history of events for the entity.

F7

Delete Row Deletes the event you’re viewing. F8

Workspace Navigates you to the Workspace. For more information, see “Using the Workspace” on page 2-46.

Ctrl-W

Organizer Navigates you to the Organizer. From the Organizer, you can then navigate to specific tasks. For more information, see “Accessing Tasks” on page 2-34.

Ctrl-D

Bulletin Navigates you to the Bulletin area. For more information, see “Using the Bulletin Area” on page 2-53.

Ctrl-B

Configure Current Task

Allows you to configure the selected task. For complete information on using the configure feature, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Ctrl-F

Table 2-11. Organizer/Task Menu Bar (cont.)


Toolbar Item


You must be set up with the proper

operator security to access the configure task. For more information on operator security see the


Desktop If you have a panel open for an employee, you can use the desktop menu to

switch to another functional group and select another task for that same employee, without having to re-enter the employee ID.

People Accesses the People functional group.

Staffing Accesses the Staffing functional group.

Compensation Accesses the Compensation functional group.

Benefits Accesses the Benefits functional group.

Performance & Development

Accesses the Performance & Development functional group.

Staff Relations

Accesses the Staff Relations functional group.

Payroll Accesses the Payroll functional group.

Compliance Accesses the Compliance functional group.

Planning & Analysis

Accesses the Planning & Analysis functional group.

System Admin Accesses the System Admin functional group.

View Next Tab Navigates to the next panel in the panel group sequence.

F2

Previous Tab Navigates to the previous panel in the panel group sequence.

Shift-F2

Next Tab/Task Navigates to the next panel in the current task, or, if at the last sequential panel, navigates to the first panel in the next task in the Organizer.

F6

Previous Tab/Task

Navigates to the previous panel in the current task, or, if at the first sequential panel, navigates to the last panel in the previous task in the Organizer.

Shift-F6

Next in List Displays the current task for the next sequential item in the Search Results list.

F9

Repeat Add/Search

Repeats the same search, thereby allowing you to continue to perform the same task with a different employee.

Ctrl-S



Toolbar Item



You have finished reviewing the menu bar available from the Organizer and Tasks. Next you will review the Task Toolbar.

View (cont)

Previous in List

Displays the current task for the previous sequential item in the Search Results list.

Shift-F9

Modification History

Displays any audit information for the selected record.

Ctrl-M

Post a Note Launches the Post a Note panel, allowing you to enter notes for the selected employee. Once you have entered your comments and closed the Post a Note panel, you are returned to the original panel.

The (View Existing Notes) displays when the selected employee has a note posted. select to view the existing note or to add additional comments.

This menu item and the

corresponding toolbar buttons are enabled only for employee-based panels, and if the Operator is authorized to run the Post a Note task.

Ctrl-N

Panel Name Displays the database name associated with the panel. The database name displays in a dialog box.

Record.Field ToolTips

Toggles the visibility of the record name associated with each field on the panel.

Status Bar Toggles the visibility of the Status Bar feature.



Toolbar Item



Task Toolbar

The task toolbar, which is located above the Workspace, looks like this:

Figure 2-25. Task Toolbar

A tool tip is available for each button on the toolbar. To display the tip for a button, move the mouse so that your cursor is over the button. Pause for a second, and the tool tip displays.

Table 2-12 lists the toolbar buttons, their functions, and how you can perform the same functions using a keyboard shortcut or the desktop menu bar.

Table 2-12. Task Toolbar Buttons



Save Click to save your changes.

Enter File ~ Save

Print Workspace Click to print the current Anchor Panel, Control Bar, and the Workspace contents.

Only the data currently

displayed in the scroll or grid, if applicable, is printed. Also, if the task in the Workspace has multiple panels, only the active panel is printed.

The printout includes a footer, showing the date the printout was produced.

Ctrl-P File ~ Print

Post to Board Click to post the task to the Board. For more information, see “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54.

Ctrl-T File ~ Post to Board

Insert a row Click to insert a new row on a panel. For more information on inserting rows, see “Inserting a Row” on page 3-18.

F7 Edit ~ Insert Row



Task Toolbar



Delete a row Click to delete a row on a panel. For more information on deleting information from the database, see “Deleting a Row” on page 3-21.

F8 Edit ~ Delete Row

Show Profile Information

Click to toggle between showing and hiding the anchor data for a panel. For more information, see “Reviewing the Anchor Area” on page 2-47.

Previous in List Displays the current task for the previous sequential item in the Search Results list.

Shift-F9 View ~ Previous in List

Repeat Add/ Search

Click to repeat the same search. For more information on the search functions, see “Entering Search Criteria” on page 4-3.

Ctrl-S View ~ Repeat Add/Search

Next in List Displays the current task for the next sequential item in the Search Results list

F9 View ~ Next in List

Details about who modified this record

Click to access modification history for the selected record. For more information, see “Tracking Modifications” on page 4-5.

Ctrl-M

Table 2-12. Task Toolbar Buttons (cont.)





You have finished reviewing the menu bar and toolbar available for the Organizer and tasks. In the next section, you will learn to use the Workspace area where all tasks are performed.

Enter Notes

View Existing Notes

Allows you to enter notes for the selected employee. Click to access the Post a Note panel. Once you have entered your comments and closed the Post a Note panel, you are returned to the original panel.

The (View Existing Notes) displays when the selected employee has a note posted. Click to view the existing note or to add additional comments.

The Enter Notes icons

are enabled only for employee-based panels, and if the Operator is authorized to run the Post a Note task.

Ctrl-N View ~ Post a Note

Close Click to close the selected panel.

Escape File ~ Exit

Table 2-12. Task Toolbar Buttons (cont.)





Using the Workspace

The Workspace is the name for the working area where all tasks are performed. Data entry screens display as a series of panels arranged as if in a file folder in the Workspace.

Figure 2-26. Workspace

Figure 2-26 shows the Anchor area expanded. However, the Anchor data is collapsed by

default. See “Reviewing the Anchor Area” on page 2-47 for more information.

This section addresses the different areas of the Workspace, as shown follows:

• Anchor area (see “Reviewing the Anchor Area” on page 2-47)

• Control Bar (see “Reviewing the Control Bar” on page 2-50)

• Panel area (see “Reviewing the Panel Area” on page 2-52)

Anchor area

Control bar

Panels


Using the Workspace 2-47

Reviewing the Anchor Area

The Anchor area displays general information for the selected employee pertaining to the task that you have open. The Anchor area is collapsed, by default. To show the Anchor area

for a panel, click (Show profile information). To collapse the Anchor area, click (Hide profile information). The following figures show the Anchor area collapsed and expanded.

Using the Workspace


Reviewing the Control Bar

Reviewing the Panel Area



The Anchor area is only available for employee-based panels.

Figure 2-27. Panel with Anchor Area Collapsed

If you are changing data on a panel that affects information in the anchor area, you will not see the revised data in the anchor area until you close, then re-open the task and anchor area.

Show profile information icon (Click to show Anchor area)



Figure 2-28. Panel with Anchor Area Expanded

The display of the employee’s Social Security Number (SSN) format depends on the

operator’s profile setting for the Social Security Number. The operator profile will be one of the following:

Show - display entire Social Security Numbers

Mask - display partial Social Security Numbers (xxx-xx-1234)

Hide - do not display Social Security Numbers

For information on setting the operator’s profile for printing a Social Security Number, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Employee Image

The anchor area also contains space for the employee’s image. If your company captures employee images electronically, they may be loaded into the database. Your System Administrator will indicate this during the installation process.

To ensure that employee images display, you must select the Employee Images check box

on the Installation task (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup), and then restart the application server. Your System Administrator can assist you with this. For more information, see the Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide.

You have finished reviewing how to use the anchor area of the panel. Next you will review how the control bar is used in ADP Enterprise HR.

Hide profile information icon (Click to collapse Anchor area)

Anchor area




The Control bar, which is located immediately above the panel area, displays the employee ID, name and department for employee-based panels, and the task name for panels that are not employee based. Figure 2-29 shows examples of the Control bar for both types of panels.

Figure 2-29. Control Bar Examples

Access Mode Indicator

When a task is opened, the product displays an icon that represents the level of access that the user has been granted, as shown in Figure 2-29. There are five access mode indicators which coincide with the five levels of access you have ADP Enterprise HR. They are Add, Access Current & Future Dates, Access All Dates (View History), Access All Dates (Change History), and Add & New.

For more information on what each access mode enables you to do in ADP Enterprise HR, refer to “Access Modes” on page 3-6.

As Of Date Calendar Control

The control bar also has an As Of date field which displays when the task is effective-dated. The As Of date field can be used to find the correct information “as of” a particular date. ADP Enterprise HR date is the default date that displays in the As Of field.

The As Of date feature makes viewing effective-dated information easier, because you don’t have to know the specific date associated with the information you’re looking for.

To select an as of date, follow these steps:

1. Open a task where the records are effective dated, such as update Job Information (People ~ Personnel Actions ~ Quick Update ~ Update Employee Information ~ Job Information).

Using the Workspace




Control bar for employee-based panel

Control bar for non-employee-based panel

Access mode indicator

Calendar control



2. When the panel displays, do one of the following:

• Enter a date in the As Of field, in an acceptable format for your installation; or

• Click the calendar control button. The calendar control displays.

Figure 2-30. Calendar Control (Open View)

Select the date from the calendar control. Here are a few tips to using the calendar control:

– To change the month, use the buttons on either side of the Month/Year title at the top of the calendar.

– To change the year, use the buttons on either side of the Month/Year title at the top of the calendar.

– To move to a different date within the month, use either your keyboard arrow keys or use your mouse.

– To select the date, double-click on the date, or press Enter.

The As Of date field only applies to effective-dated panels where the effective date is

controlled by the outermost scroll bar (scroll level one). If the effective date on a panel is controlled by a secondary or tertiary scroll bar, the As Of date field does not display, and you must use the effective date scroll bar to find the record you’re looking for.

For more information on effective-dated records and using your scroll bars, refer to “Using Effective Dates” on page 3-4.

You have finished viewing how the Control bar used with the ADP Enterprise HR panels. Next you will review the panel area.




Panels display when you select a task in the functional group Organizer (see “Accessing Tasks” on page 2-34). Panels are where you view, enter, and modify human resources, benefits, and payroll data.

Some tasks consists of single panels, other tasks consist of a series of panels, grouped together.

Figure 2-31. Example of a Series of Panels

To view another panel, simply click on the tab, and the input area for that panel displays.

To move from one panel to another in the panel group, press F2 (Forward) or Shift-F2 (Backward).

You have finished reviewing the panel area, which is the last step in using the ADP Enterprise HR Workspace. Next you will review how to use the bulletin area.

Using the Workspace





Using the Bulletin Area 2-53

Using the Bulletin Area

The Bulletin Area is the area at the bottom of the Workspace.

Figure 2-32. Bulletin Area

The Bulletin Area area is made up of three panel areas, as follows:

• Board Panel (see “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54)

• Messages Panel (see “Viewing the Messages Panel” on page 2-55)

• Search Result Panel (see “Viewing the Search Results Panel” on page 2-58)

Bulletin Area



Posting to the Board

The Board feature allows you to suspend work—right in the middle of what you’re doing. By suspending your work, you’re tucking it away in a safe spot until you’re ready to work on it again. This feature is especially useful when you’re interrupted while working with private or confidential data. You simply suspend the task you’re working on with one click. The task is minimized, and then displays as an icon on the Board.

Figure 2-33. Task Suspended to Board

The maximum number of tasks that can be suspended at one time is determined by your

system administrator. For more information on specifying the maximum number of suspended tasks, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.

To suspend an open task or post it to the Board, click (Post to Board) or use the shortcut Ctrl-T. The task is minimized into the suspended task icon on the Board.

When you suspend a task, work is not automatically saved. Develop a best practice of saving

your work before you suspend to make sure you don’t lose data.

If you try to close ADP Enterprise HR while a task is suspended (and you have not saved your changes), the application will ask you if you want to save your work.

To continue work on the task, simply double-click on the suspended task icon on the Board.

You have finished posting a task to the Board. Next you will view the Messages panel.



Viewing the Messages Panel

Viewing the Search Results Panel

Suspended task posted to the board




The Messages panel is where error, warning, and informational messages display.

Figure 2-34. Messages Panel

Many system messages, including information, warnings, and error messages that occur when you try to change or save data, display on the Messages panel. Other messages, such as messages that require an operator response, display in a pop-up dialog box on the screen.

Table 2-13 demonstrates the icons used to differentiate between different types of system messages.

Table 2-13. Types of Messages

Message Icon Purpose and Description

Information

Provides you with informational messages. An example is shown in Figure 2-37.

Warning

This message warns you of out-of-the-ordinary situations that may affect future processing.





Messages panel with error message

Active items for each panel are displayed in parenthesis



Internal Error Messages

If you receive an internal error message, you may need to call your ADP Enterprise HR consultant. If an error occurs while a panel is open, an internal message displays in pop-up dialog box.

Figure 2-35. Internal Error Message (open panel)

If an error occurs while not in an opened panel, an internal message displays in a similar pop-up dialog box.

Figure 2-36. Internal Error Message

Error

When you receive this message, you must correct the underlying cause of the error before you can continue with your work. The error message provides you with options to correct the error. In some cases, you may need to get out of the task and complete other steps first.

Additional input required

This message displays in a dialog box. It indicates the need for additional input from the user.

Table 2-13. Types of Messages (cont.)

Message Icon Purpose and Description



Internal error messages have a Detail button, which provides important information that will assist system programmers in solving this issue.

Figure 2-37. Detail Dialog Box

Make sure you capture the information from both the main dialog box (as shown in Figure 2-35 and Figure 2-36) as well as the Detail dialog box (as shown in Figure 2-37). Additionally, document the steps you took to create the error. This information is critical to helping you resolve the error.

You have finished viewing the Messages panel. Next you will view the Search Results panel.




The Search Results panel is where your search result lists display.

The Search Results panel provides you with the following:

• Displays current and future information for all matches found.

• Displays the number of matches for a search.

A maximum of 300 rows is displayed in the search dialog at one time. If there are more

than 300 rows, Next and Previous buttons are provided. Click Next to display the next group of results; click Previous to return to the previous group of results.

It is possible in rare situations that the Next button will be enabled, but pressing it will display an empty set of rows. This can happen if the number of rows returned by your search is an exact multiple of 300 or if rows were deleted while your search was in progress.

• Allows you to select a specific search result. You can either select the item and

double-click, or select the item and click .

• Allows you to print the information returned in the list in column format by clicking (Print).

The current information will always be displayed in the panel you access even if you

selected future-dated information from the Search Results panel.

Figure 2-38. Search Results Panel

If your search only produces one match, the Search Results List is bypassed, and the

Workspace is loaded with the matching data.

For more information on searching for data in the database, see “Entering Search Criteria” on page 4-3.






Setting Opening Preferences 2-59

You have finished reviewing the Search Results panel, which is the last step in using the Bulletin Area. Next you will set your opening system preferences.

Setting Opening Preferences

ADP Enterprise HR can be set to always open on a starting organizer tab and starting menu to save time navigating to frequently used functions. You can use the System Preferences task to make these settings.

Only settings allowed in operator security can be selected with the System Preferences task.

For more information on operator security, refer to the Application Administrator’s Guide.

To access System Preferences, follow these steps:

1. Click System Admin and make the following selections:

Application Administration ~ Preferences

2. Double-click the System Preferences task. The General panel displays.

Figure 2-39. General Panel

3. From the Start Window field, select the organizer tab to display when ADP Enterprise HR is first opened.

The Start Window default is set to Tasks. If this field is set to Query, all views are

displayed, however, only views allowed in security will open. For more information on operator security, refer to the Application Administrator’s Guide.

For a description of the fields on this panel, press F1.


2-60 Setting Opening Preferences

4. From the Start Process Group field, select the menu to display when ADP Enterprise HR is first opened.

The Start Process Group field is only used when Tasks is selected in the Start Window

field. If you select Tasks in the Start Window field and leave the Start Process Group field blank, ADP Enterprise HR opens to the desktop.

5. From the Default Org Chart View field, select how you want your organizational chart presented. Options are:

• Department

• Location

• Manager

• Reports To Manager

• Supervisor

For more information, see “Using the Org Chart Feature” on page 2-24.

6. Make other changes as necessary.

7. Click (Save).

You’ve completed setting the ADP Enterprise HR opening preferences. In the next section, you will review some of the advanced user procedures.


Advanced User Information 2-61

Advanced User Information

This section contains the following information:

• Using the Process Monitor

• Accessing the Worklist Feature

• Viewing Internal Database Panel Names

Using the Process Monitor

The Process Monitor does just what its name implies: it displays the status of a system process, such as a report or an application process that you have submitted. For example, you can use the Process Monitor to schedule and monitor your payroll processes (such as CalcPay), or you can use it to monitor the progress of a lengthy report.

This section introduces the Process Monitor as a reference tool for viewing processes. For a

more thorough explanation of the Process Monitor, including field descriptions, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.

To access the Process Monitor, follow these steps:


Process Scheduler Administration ~ Processes



Accessing the Worklist Feature

Viewing Internal Database Panel Names



2. Double-click the Monitor Processes task. The Process Monitor panel displays.

Figure 2-40. Process Monitor Panel

You can also use the Process Monitor by selecting the Process Monitor toolbar

button .

3. To view processes from an earlier date, enter the number of past days in the Beginning day(s) ago field.




4. To view more detail about a particular process in the list, click Detail to the left of the process. The Process Detail panel displays.

The process detail of multiple EPIP file loads updates with a message specific to the pay

group such as, “Processing: EPIxxx01.CSV (1 out of 2 files,” with xxx being the pay group ID).

Figure 2-41. Process Detail Panel

5. To view the parameters of the process, click the Process Parameters tab.

Figure 2-42. Process Parameters Panel





6. To view information on a batch process, click the Batch Processes tab.

Figure 2-43. Batch Processes Panel

7. To return to the Process Monitor panel, click Return.

8. To view the status of processes running on the server, click Server Status. The Server Status panel displays.

Figure 2-44. Server Status Panel

9. To view a finished report or process, refer to “Viewing Reports or Generated Files” on page 6-9.





You have finished using the process monitor. For more information on using the process monitor, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Next you will review how to access the Worklist feature.


The Worklist, which is a part of the Workflow portion of the product, is a feature of ADP Enterprise HR that enables users in multiple locations or departments to easily share responsibility for the tasks involved in a complete process, such as hiring an employee. Your System Administrator sets up the processes that you want to model in Workflow, and also specifies the individuals involved in each process (as well as the order and nature of their task).

To access the Worklist feature, do the following:

1. From the ADP Enterprise HR desktop (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-3), click Worklist on the Functional Group Taskbar. The Worklist Organizer displays, with your worklist items listed.

Figure 2-45. Worklist Organizer






Worklist (opens in an internal window)



2. Click to expand the tree. You can also click (Expand All) to expand the selected

top tree level. Click (Collapse All) to collapse the selected expanded top tree level.

For more information on using the Worklist feature, see the Workflow User’s Guide.

You have finished accessing the Worklist feature. Next you will review how to view the database name for a panel.


Advanced users may need to know the database names associated with each panel. ADP Enterprise HR gives you that capability.

To view the database name for a panel, with the panel opened and selected in the Workspace, select Panel Name from the Organizer/Task View menu. The database panel name displays on the Messages Board. (For more information on the Messages Board, see “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54.)

Figure 2-46. Database Panel Name Displayed on Messages Board







ADP Enterprise HR also provides an online data dictionary. The Data Dictionary details table

names, field names, and database object relationships, which can help you to understand the underlying database structure for Enterprise HR. For more information, see “About the Data Dictionary” on page 7-3.

You have finished viewing the database name for ADP Enterprise HR panels.


Chapter 3

Understanding ADP Enterprise HR’s Business Rules

PAGE TOPIC

3-2 Introduction

3-3 Business Terminology

3-4 Using Effective Dates

3-5 Types of Events

3-9 Adding Entities

3-12 Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events

3-18 Inserting a Row

3-21 Deleting a Row

Chapter 3: Understanding ADP Enterprise HR’s Business RulesUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

3-2 Introduction

Introduction

For every human resource management system, there are a series of business rules that dictate what you can or cannot do in ADP Enterprise HR—data that can or cannot be changed. Many business rules are based upon standard HR practices; others are based on a company’s internal rules. For example, if your company specifies that a new employee must wait six months before enrolling in a 401(k) plan, ADP Enterprise HR would be programmed to prevent a user from enrolling an employee in a plan when the employee has less than six months of employment with the company.

In the sections that follow, you’ll learn more about how the business rules are implemented in ADP Enterprise HR.


Business Terminology 3-3

Business Terminology

To fully understand the business rules, you should begin with several basic business terms that apply to ADP Enterprise HR.

Business Entity

The primary purpose of a human resource management system, such as ADP Enterprise HR, is to input, maintain, and update information pertaining to the business, which includes the employees and all aspects of the organization. Thus, ADP Enterprise HR is made up of several types of core information. In a human resource management system, an entity is an example of this core information that forms the foundation of Enterprise HR. It is the highest level of data in Enterprise HR. For example, when you add a new department, job, location, employee, or pay group to Enterprise HR, you’re adding a new entity.

Event

Once you’ve added an entity to ADP Enterprise HR, a change may occur that affects the entity (such as the employee). That change can be considered an event. The event causes you to make a change to the entity information in Enterprise HR.

ADP Enterprise HR captures both future events and historical events. A future event occurs anytime after today’s date, or in the future. A historical event is an event which you entered today or prior to today’s date. The most recent historical event is considered current.

For a detailed explanation of the business rules that apply to each of three event types, refer to “Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events” on page 3-12.


3-4 Using Effective Dates

Using Effective Dates

An effective date is a point in time when an event (such as a compensation change) occurs. ADP Enterprise HR uses effective dates in order to track events for your employees.

An example of this effective-date logic is illustrated in Figure 3-1 with an employee’s record.

Figure 3-1. One Employee—Four Events

If you look at Mark Adam Henry’s information above, the current event is the employee’s transfer, which is effective-dated 02/14/05.

You have finished reviewing how effective dates are used in ADP Enterprise HR.


Types of Events 3-5

Types of Events

The distinction between types of events is an important factor in determining what you do with the information in ADP Enterprise HR. Do you want to set up an entity in Enterprise HR, view the events associated with the entity, enter a new event, or change an event? And, furthermore, are you interested in viewing or modifying the historical events associated with the entity (such as the employee record)?

Your ADP Enterprise HR administrator determines your security access to Enterprise HR tasks. For example, you may have a level of security that enables you to update employee records with personal information such as address, telephone numbers, and department. However, another user may be permitted to set up entities, such as new departments, job codes, pay groups, and so forth.

The highest level access mode is Access All Dates (Change History). Which access modes

you can use for tasks depends on how you are set up in Operator Security. ADP Enterprise HR defaults to the highest level access mode the user has been assigned. Users can also be set up so they do not default to their highest level access mode, by clearing the Default to Highest Access Mode check box on the Profile panel. For more information on managing user access, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.


3-6 Types of Events

There are five different access modes in ADP Enterprise HR, as described in Table 3-1. Each mode has a unique indicator that displays on the right side of the control bar when you select a task.

Table 3-1. Access Modes

Access Mode Description To access this mode... Indicator

Add Set up brand new, entity-level data, such as a new employee, new department, or new pay group.

Add mode is normally associated with setup-type tasks.

See “Adding Entities” on page 3-9.

• Click next to the task name.

• Enter the new identification (or key field information) in the Add dialog box (or accept auto-numbering, if applicable) and click OK.

• Complete the panel(s) as required.

• Click (Save).

Access Current and Future Dates

Access to current and future events only. Historical events are not included (the current event is the exception to this).

Use this mode when you need to view current and future events.

However, you can only make changes to future effective-dated events (with a date greater than today).

See “Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events” on page 3-12.

• Double-click on a task in the Organizer.

• When the Search dialog box displays, clear the Change History Information check box on the Search dialog, if available.

• Press Enter or click OK on the Search dialog box.

• Select a specific search result by either double-clicking on the selected item, or select the

item and click .

• If the event has an effective

date, click (Insert Row) to insert a new event.


• Click (Save).


Types of Events 3-7

Access All Dates (View History)

Access to all types of data—current, future, and historical.

However, you can only make changes to future effective-dated events (with a date greater than today).

See “Viewing Historical Events” on page 3-14.


• When the Search dialog box displays, clear the Change History Information check box (if available), and select the View History Information check box.



item and click .

• If the event has an effective

date, click (Insert Row) to insert a new event.


• Click (Save).

Table 3-1. Access Modes (cont.)



3-8 Types of Events

You have finished reviewing the types of events in ADP Enterprise HR.

Access All Dates (Change History)

Access to all types of data—current, future, and historical.

You can change any type of data—current, future, and historical.

See “Changing Historical Events” on page 3-16.


• When the Search dialog box displays, verify that the Change History Information check box is selected.



item and click .

• When the panel(s) display(s), use the scroll bar (if available) to find the row of data you need to view or fix.

• Fix/enter data, as needed.

• Click (Save).

• If you have changed historical data, answer Yes to the message prompt.

Add & New User enters data and presses Enter. Data is saved and fields are cleared simultaneously to facilitate next entry.

• Double-click on a task in the Organizer that has this mode available.

This mode is reserved for

tasks where heavy data entry occurs.

Table 3-1. Access Modes (cont.)



Adding Entities 3-9

Adding Entities

Tasks for which you to have authorization (through Operator Security) to add entities have

an button beside them. You are adding entities when you are using tasks that add, define, or create.

Figure 3-2. Add Tasks

To add a new entity, do the following:

1. Select the functional group, for example System Admin.

2. Select a process group, for example, Human Resources Setup (Required), from the Organizer.

3. Select a process, for example Human Resources Setup.

Add tasks shown in the System Admin Organizer


3-10 Adding Entities

4. Click next to the task, for example Departments. The Add dialog box displays.

Figure 3-3. Add Dialog Box

Future-dated parent entries are available in Add dialog box prompt lists when you are

adding a child record. For example, you add a new company and the effective date for the company is a future date. You then need to add pay groups for that company. When you click to add a pay group, the pay group add dialog has a Company key field with a prompt list. You can select your future-dated company from that prompt list. The child record cannot have an effective date prior to the parent record.

5. In the key field (in this case, the Department ID field), enter the identification number for the department you are creating.

6. Click OK. The Departments panel displays.

Figure 3-4. Departments Panel

7. The Effective Date field defaults to today’s date. Change the date that the new department will become effective, if necessary.

8. Complete the fields on the panel.

9. Click (Save).

Once you’ve created this new entity (such as a new department), you can then use the Insert

Row function to alter the information, while retaining the history of changes to the department. For more information on inserting a row, see “Inserting a Row” on page 3-18.



Adding Entities 3-11

Using the Quick Add Feature

A special feature of ADP Enterprise HR allows you to add certain entities as you work, without interrupting the flow of your task, and without requiring detailed knowledge of the product’s menu structure.

Say, for example, you are entering a department number on the Job Information panel. In the middle of this process you realize that the necessary department does not exist. With the Quick Add feature, you can jump directly to the Department panel, add the new department information and save and close the panel. You are then returned to the Job Information panel where you can select your new department from the Department field prompt list.

The Quick Add feature checks Operator Security to ensure that you have the authority to add

entities to ADP Enterprise HR. If you do not have the authority to perform the quick add task, the application will give you a message.

The Quick Add feature is available only on prompt lists where you may need it. (For more information on prompt lists, see “Using Prompt Fields” on page 4-13.)

If your organization does not want to allow your users to add entities to ADP Enterprise HR,

make sure that the Add capability is not specified for the users. For more information on setting user security profiles, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

In the example in Figure 3-5, you can add a department number, rather than setting up a new department or just choosing an existing one, as you complete the Job Information panel.

Figure 3-5. Example of a Prompt List with the Quick Add Functionality

When you select the Add button, the task you’re working on is suspended while you are adding the item through Quick Add. For a complete description of how tasks are posted to the Board area, refer to “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54.

If you are an Enterprise Tools client, you can customize additional prompt lists to use the Quick Add feature. Refer to the Application Developer’s Guide for more information.

You have finished adding new entities to ADP Enterprise HR, either through an button associated with a task, or through the Quick Add feature available for some prompt fields.

Quick Add button



Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events

The type of event you can change depends on the level of security you’ve been granted. (See the Application Administrator’s Guide for more information on Operator Security.) A summary of the steps required for adding, updating, and correcting database information is provided in Table 3-1, “Access Modes,”on page 3-6.

The following table shows you which types of events you can view and/or change, depending upon the access mode check box you select in the Search dialog box.

A keyboard shortcut is available to toggle between selecting and clearing the access mode

check boxes when the Search dialog box displays. Press Alt-V to select or clear the View History Information check box. Press Alt-C to select or clear the Change History Information check box.

The highest level access mode is Access All Dates (Change History). Which access modes you can use for tasks depends on how you are set up in Operator Security. ADP Enterprise HR defaults to the highest level access mode the user has been assigned. Users can also be set up so they do not default to their highest level access mode, by clearing the Default to Highest Access Mode check box on the Profile panel. For more information on managing user access, refer to your Application Administrator’s Guide.

Changing current, future, or historical events includes the following tasks:

• Viewing Current and Future Information

• Viewing Historical Events

• Changing Historical Events

Table 3-2. What You Can View or Change

Access Mode Check Box View Change

None Current and future events. Events or information dated after today.

View History Information

All events or information, regardless of date.

Events or information dated after today.

Change History Information

All events, or information regardless of date.

All events or information, regardless of date.

You should carefully consider

the implications of making changes to history. ADP Enterprise HR does not automatically roll forward such changes to any existing events with later dates.


Changing Current, Future, or Historical Events 3-13

Viewing Current and Future Information

Many users simply need to view the current and future information for a task. They need to know what’s going on right now and what’s planned for the future.

To view current and future information, follow these steps:

1. Double-click on the desired task, for example Change Employee’s Pay Rate (People ~ Personnel Actions ~ Change Pay Rate). The Search dialog box displays.

Figure 3-6. Search Dialog Box

The View History Information and Change History Information check boxes only

display if you’ve been given the security to perform those tasks.

2. Clear the Change History Information check box, if selected, since you are only looking to view current and future information.

3. In the key field, for example Empl ID, enter the value you want to find, and click OK. The Workspace is populated with the selected data.

Figure 3-7. Sample Tab



Viewing Historical Events

Changing Historical Events




The current event information is displayed on the panel(s). The current event’s effective date is either today’s date or is after today’s date.

4. To view any future-dated rows of data, use the scroll bar.

By default, ADP Enterprise HR presents the current information on the initial panel when

you open the task. Future events, as well as historical events (if applicable) are available by clicking on the scroll bar.

5. When you are finished viewing current and future information, click (Close).

You have finished viewing current and future information. Next you will view historical data.


Companies often retain a history of records on particular subjects. For example, even though Employee A now holds a position as a Data Processing Manager, information on his previous position(s) may be very useful, especially in determining such items as merit increases and career moves.

If you need to view historical events in order to perform a task, do the following:



2. Clear the Change History Information check box, and select the View History Information check box, since you just want to view future, current, and history information. (Remember that the current event is actually considered a past, or historical, event.)

If you do not have Operator Security to view historical information, you will not see the

View History Information check box on the Search dialog box. If you do not have Operator Security to change historical information, you will not see the Change History Information check box.









Figure 3-9. Sample Tab in the View History Access Mode

4. To view any historical data rows, click on the scroll bar.


you open the task. Historical events, as well as future events (if applicable) are available through the scroll bar.

5. When you are finished viewing current and future information, click (Close).

You have finished viewing historical data. Next you will change historical data.





You can make changes to historical information stored in ADP Enterprise HR if you have been granted the Operator Security to do so.

To change historical data, do the following:



2. Verify that the Change History Information check box is selected.

If you do not have Operator Security to change historical information, you will not see the

Change History Information check box on the Search dialog box.



Figure 3-11. Sample Tab in the Change History Access Mode








4. Click the scroll bar to access the historical data you want to change.


you open the task. Historical events, as well as future events (if applicable) are available through the scroll bar.

5. When you are finished making your changes, click (Save).

When you try to save changes to a historical event, ADP Enterprise HR asks you to confirm this action, as shown in Figure 3-12. Click Yes to make the changes.

Figure 3-12. Confirm History Update Message

This messages reminds you that you may need to make the same or similar changes in any subsequent, effective-dated events.

You can select the Don’t show this message again for this session check box if you

don’t want to view the confirmation message again when you’re trying to change history. However, when you log on again, the message will display again the first time you change historical information.

6. When you are finished with the panel, click (Close).

You have finished making changes to historical information stored in ADP Enterprise HR.



Inserting a Row

It’s important to track the changes you make to records in ADP Enterprise HR. For example, when an employee is transferred to a new department, you would want to keep the information pertaining to his previous job and department—especially for career planning purposes.

Regardless of the action mode you use to access the information, you can use the Insert Row feature to record new events while preserving other event details.

To illustrate how you would insert a row in an effective-dated record, consider the following example:

• Stacy Hill will be receiving an annual cost of living adjustment effective 5/01/2006.

Based on this information, you would want to use the Change Employee’s Pay Rate task (People ~ Personnel Actions ~ Change Pay Rate). Figure 3-13 shows the Job and Pay Information panel, which is the first panel in the Change Employee’s Pay Rate task.

Figure 3-13. Job and Pay Information Panel Before Inserting an Event

In the database, the data from the Job and Pay Information panel displays as a single event as shown in Table 3-3 (not all of the fields are shown).

As you can see, Stacy Hill received a pay rate change earlier in the year for outstanding merit in her work. Today, you want to enter her annual cost of living adjustment.

Table 3-3. Data from the Employee’s Record

Empl ID Effective Date Action Reason

101 01/30/2006 Pay Rt Chg Merit - Outstanding



Inserting a Row 3-19

When you insert a new row of data for an existing key field on an effective-dated record, ADP Enterprise HR copies all of the field values from the current row to the new row. After

clicking (Insert Row), the panel now looks like the one in Figure 3-14.

Figure 3-14. Job and Pay Information Panel After Inserting a New Event

When additional events are added, a button displays at the top of the scroll bar. The

presence of the button tells you that more than one event has been recorded for the employee.

Table 3-4 shows the first row of data, and the newly inserted row of data. As you can see, the only difference in the data is the effective date. Here’s what the database now looks like.

After ADP Enterprise HR creates a new row, you can change any field.

When you insert a new effective-dated row, prior data is carried forward. An edit is not

performed on prompt fields unless you change the data in that field. Make sure that if a value is showing in a prompt field that is no longer valid for the new row, change the field to a valid value.

Table 3-4. Data from the Employee’s Record

Empl ID Effective Date Action

101 05/01/2006 Pay Rt Chg

101 01/30/2006 Pay Rt Chg

Effective Date field changes to the current date after inserting a row



Figure 3-15 shows the result of changing the Reason field on the panel to COL, for cost-of-living.

Figure 3-15. Job and Pay Information Panel After Changing a Field

Table 3-5 shows the result of the change in the database.

In order to change the employee’s pay rate, you must also change the employee’s comp rate

in the Comp Rate field on the Compensation Information panel. See the Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide for more information.

You have finished reviewing how to insert rows in ADP Enterprise HR.

Table 3-5. Changing a Field

Empl ID Effective Date Action Reason

101 05/01/2006 Pay Rt Chg COL

101 01/30/2006 Pay Rt Chg MOS



Deleting a Row 3-21

Deleting a Row

To delete a row of data, simply use the Delete Row button . If you are on the current row, you’ll receive the following message.

Figure 3-16. Delete Current Row Message

Many panels allow you to delete 0 level row data. If you are on the 0 level row, the Delete

Row button will be active. However, if you delete a 0 level row, the 0 level data can no longer be updated and all associated child rows will also be deleted. If you are on the 0 row, you’ll receive the following message.

Figure 3-17. Delete 0 Row Message

Click Yes if you want to delete the row and automatically close the task.

If you are on a history row, you’ll be prevented from deleting the row unless you have selected the Change History Information check box on the Search dialog box.

You will not see the check box unless you have security access.

For additional information on deleting other kinds of data, see “Deleting Data From the Database” on page 4-19.

Figure 3-18. Message Trying to Delete a History Row

If you delete all the rows in a nested scroll, the parent row will no longer exist in the database.

For additional information on making records inactive rather than deleting them from the database, see “Active Versus Inactive” on page 4-20.


3-22 Deleting a Row

You have finished reviewing how to delete rows in ADP Enterprise HR.


Chapter 4

Working with Your Data

PAGE TOPIC

4-2 Introduction

4-3 Entering Search Criteria

4-5 Tracking Modifications

4-8 Using ADP Enterprise HR Fields

4-19 Deleting Data From the Database

4-20 Active Versus Inactive

4-21 Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Autolink Clients)

4-34 Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Enterprise Payroll Clients)

Chapter 4: Working with Your DataUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

4-2 Introduction

Introduction

This chapter provides information about the database where your data resides in ADP Enterprise HR. Instructions explain the types of fields in the database, how to search for information, and how to delete data.


Entering Search Criteria 4-3

Entering Search Criteria

Each row of data in the database contains a key field, such as Empl ID or Location Code. Many rows also have alternate key fields, such as Name and Social Security Number. To access information in the database, specify a key value or alternate search key value for the data you want to retrieve.

After you select an action, a Search dialog box displays.


The View History Information and Change History Information check boxes only display if

you’ve been given the security to perform those tasks.

Primary key fields display in the upper portion of the Search dialog box. In most Human Resources processes, the primary key for employee data is the Empl ID. The primary key for a prompt table (such as the Department table) is also a code or ID.

Alternate search key fields, which display in the lower portion of the Search dialog box, provide an alternative path to data related to the key field. For example, you can enter the employee’s name or Social Security Number to retrieve the employee’s records. If you enter values in an alternate key field area, ADP Enterprise HR ignores any value you may have entered in the key field area.

Key and alternate search key fields may be data entry fields or prompt lists, which are

indicated by (Lookup) next to the field. The indicates that there is a list of choices

available for that field. For example, if you clicked next to the Job Code field (see Figure 4-1 on page 4-3), a list of available job codes displays. You can select a value from those listed, or add a value if needed. For more information on using prompt lists, see “Using Prompt Fields” on page 4-13.

You can enter a full or a partial value for any primary or alternate key, and then press Enter or click OK. Based on what you entered in the Search dialog box, ADP Enterprise HR builds a list of records which displays in the Search Results panel. You can also press Enter or click OK without entering any criteria to return all possible search results.

Primary Keys

Alternate Keys


4-4 Entering Search Criteria

For example, if you enter an “H” in the Name field, ADP Enterprise HR retrieves a list of all employees whose last names begin with “H,” as shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2. Search Results List After a Partial Search by Name

If you did not enter search criteria and then pressed Enter or clicked OK, ADP Enterprise HR retrieves a list of all employees, as shown in Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-3. Search Results List Showing All Possible Search Results

A maximum of 300 rows is displayed in the search dialog at one time. If there are more than

300 rows, Next and Previous buttons are provided. Click Next to display the next group of results; click Previous to return to the previous group of results. It is recommended that you narrow your search by entering the appropriate criteria.

Search results can be sorted. Simply click on the column heading to sort information in ascending/descending order.

From the Search Results list box, select data by double-clicking the desired search result or

by highlighting the item and clicking . For more information, see “Viewing the Search Results Panel” on page 2-58.

If your search turns up only one valid record, ADP Enterprise HR does not show you a list of

the one item. Instead, it loads the Workspace with the data that resulted from the search and the panel for that task displays.

You have finished learning how to enter search criteria into the Search dialog boxes.


Tracking Modifications 4-5

Tracking Modifications

Modification history - adds, changes, deletions, and corrections - are held in an audit table for various panels. Both employee-level and company-level panels are audited. A history of the modifications can be viewed from the panel that they pertain to through the Modification History dialog box.

Changes are not tracked for all panels.

For panels with multiple-levels of scroll bars, it is possible that audit data may not be available if you click in a field associated with the outer scrollbar. In this case, click in a field associated

with an inner scroll bar. If audit data is available, the (Modification History) icon is active on the toolbar.

The information that displays includes:

• Operator ID - Profile ID of the user who made the change.

• Date and Time - The month, date, year, and time the change was made.

• Action - The type of change that was made. These include Add, Change, Delete, Correction and Key Change.

• Audit Origin - Entity requesting the modification history. This is typically profile ID (operator ID).

Changes are listed in the descending order of the date and time with the most current changes displaying at the top of the list.

You can also select two changes to get comparative detail data.


4-6 Tracking Modifications

To view the modification history for a panel (record), do the following.

1. Access the panel for which you want to view modification history.

Figure 4-4. Job Status Panel

2. Click (Modification History). If any modification history exists, the Modification History dialog box displays.

Only modification history details the user is authorized to view will be displayed. For

more information on Operator Security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Figure 4-5. Modification History Dialog Box

Clicking on the column heading will sort the information by that column’s type of information.

If no modification history exists, the message, “No audit information found for current Record data” displays.

If there is more than one row of information in the Modification History dialog, you can select two of the rows and display the comparative detail for the data.



Tracking Modifications 4-7

3. Select the two rows whose data you want to compare and click Detail. The Modification Details dialog box displays.

Figure 4-6. Modification Details Dialog Box

For every field that is different between the two selected rows, the dialog displays the old value and the new value for that field. Values are displayed in descending order with the most current being at the top.

4. If you want to print the information contained in the Modification Details dialog, click Print, then click OK in your printer dialog box. The information is sent to your printer. Figure 4-7 shows an example of a printout.

Figure 4-7. Printed Modification History Details

You have finished displaying the modification history for a panel, displaying the detail for modifications, and printing the detail for the modifications.

Modification Details printed by: DEMO May 10 12:11 Page 1

Task: PEOPLE | Change Job/Position Information | Change Job/Position

Keys: EFFSEQ - 0 EFFDT - 2006-05-01 EMPL_RCD_NBR - 0 EMPLID - 101

New Values from: DEMO at: 05/01/06 2:02:31PM

Old Values from: DEMO at 05/01/06 2:01:53PM

Field Value Old ValueNew Value

Comp Rate52034.3754034.37

Amount02000

Percent03,844

Annual Rt52034.3754034.37

Monthly Rt4336.24502.86



Using ADP Enterprise HR Fields

This section addresses the following information about fields in the ADP Enterprise HR application:

• Reviewing Types of Data Entry Fields

• Moving Between Fields

• Entering Data in Formatted Fields

• Entering Data in Unformatted Fields

• Using Prompt Fields

• Using Check Boxes

• Using Radio Buttons

• Using the Calendar Control Button

• Using Toolbar Buttons and Tips

Reviewing Types of Data Entry Fields

You can enter data in several types of data entry fields. Figure 4-8 shows examples of the data entry fields.

Figure 4-8. Data Entry Fields

You have finished reviewing types of data entry fields. Next you will review how to move between fields on panels in ADP Enterprise HR.



Moving Between Fields

Entering Data in Formatted Fields

Entering Data in Unformatted Fields

Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons

Using the Calendar Control Button

Using Toolbar Buttons and Tips


Using ADP Enterprise HR Fields 4-9


Use the Tab key or the mouse to move from field to field. Press the Tab key to move the cursor one field at a time. Press Shift-Tab to move the cursor to the previous field. Click a field to select it.

The sequence order of the fields is pre-defined by ADP. However, your administrator can use

the Configure feature to reposition fields on a panel. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide. Also, Enterprise Tools clients can use the Panel Editor to specify field order. For more information, see the Application Developer’s Guide.

You have finished reviewing how to move between fields on panels in ADP Enterprise HR. Next you will review how to enter date in formatted fields.


When first shipped to the customer, ADP Enterprise HR contains some fields that require data in a specific format.

Using Enterprise Code, you can change field formats and thereby customize your application.

For instructions on changing these fields, refer to your ECode Developer’s Guide.

Some fields automatically apply the correct format to data when it is entered. The following tables show some of the more common fields with pre-determined formats (as shipped).

Table 4-1. Common Formatting for Fields

Field Type Format Example

Alter Derived Name

Lastname,Anyname

If you want to alter the name that ADP Enterprise

HR derives from the First Name, Middle Name and Last Name fields, you must use the Altered Derived Name button on the Employee Information panel (People ~ Personnel Actions ~ Hire Employee). For the altered name, you must enter the last name, followed by a comma. After the comma, you specify whatever you wish for the first and middle names. For example: Lastname,Firstname Initial

If you choose to alter the name, make sure you use the legal name that displays on the employee's Social Security card. The name specified in the Alter Derived Name dialog box is the name that will display on the paycheck and the W-2. See the Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide for more information.

Smith,John P

There is no

space between the comma and the first name.






Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons





Masked Fields The display of the employee’s Social Security Number (SSN), birthdate, bank transit number, credit card number, and driver’s license number format depends on the user’s security profile settings. The user profile specifies one of the following:

• Show - display entire numbers

• Mask - display partial numbers (xxx-xx-1234)

• Hide - do not display numbers

For information on setting the user’s profile for masking numbers, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

The Age field displays the age if Show is

selected for the Birthdate field display option in the user security profile. Age does not display (XX) if either Mask or Hide are selected.

Due to the sensitive nature of Social Security Numbers, ADP recommends that you either hide Social Security Numbers (show no digits) or mask them (show only the final four digits) on your management reports. If you elect to display your employees’ full Social Security Numbers on your reports, you should take all necessary precautions to safeguard these documents and dispose of them. (You may change your selection to remove full Social Security Numbers from your reports at any time). For more information on masking sensitive fields including Social Security Numbers, birthdates, bank transit numbers, credit card numbers, and driver’s license numbers, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

08/13/1983

08/13/XXXX

XX/XX/XXXX

Table 4-1. Common Formatting for Fields (cont.)




Social Security Number

Valid formats include the following:• 000000000 (ADP Enterprise HR fills in the

dashes)

• 000-00-0000

Enter numbers only. ADP Enterprise HR does

not allow letters or an invalid SSN.

The display of the employee’s Social Security Number (SSN) format depends on the user’s profile setting for the Social Security Number. The user profile specifies one of the following:

• Show - display entire Social Security Numbers

• Mask - display partial Social Security Numbers (xxx-xx-1234)

• Hide - do not display Social Security Numbers

For information on setting the user’s profile for

printing a Social Security Number, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

123-45-6789

Individual Tax Identification Number

If you are using Individual Tax Identification Numbers (ITINs), the format is the same as for a Social Security Number: XXX-XX-XXXX, with the following exceptions:

ADP Enterprise HR validates ITIN formats.

• Positions 1-3 = 900 or higher

• Positions 4-5 = 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80

• Positions 6-9 = Assigned in ascending sequential order

An ITIN is assigned by the IRS when an alien receives US source income but is not able to obtain a Social Security Number. Reporting of income on a W-2 or 1099R requires a Social Security Number. The ITIN is used to report only income earned in the United States and which is other than wages. In order to use ITINs for an employee, the employee cannot belong to a pay group set up as tax filing.

901-751-1111

Dates 8-digit, MMDDYYYY. Slashes inserted automatically.

05/01/2006





You have finished reviewing how to enter data in formatted fields. Next you will review how to enter data in unformatted fields.

Phone numbers 7- or 10-digit; slashes and dashes inserted automatically.

International phone number formatting is

accommodated by ignoring non-numeric fields. Slashes (/) are not inserted if non-numeric characters are detected, or if you enter a number with other than 7 or 10 digits.

555-1212or770/555-1212

Postal/Zip code (USA)

The correct format is no more than 9 digits, no less than 5. Dashes may be included if 9 digits are entered. This is a required field.

Only the first 9 positions are sent to AutoPay.

30328or30328-1002

Postal/Zip code (Canada)

The correct format is 6 alpha and numeric characters ANANAN. A space is allowed after 3rd character: ANA NAN. This is a required field.

K1A 0B1 (Ottawa)

Postal/Zip code (United Kingdom)

The correct format is no more than 8 characters and no less than 5 characters. A space is allowed in either the 3rd, 4th, or 5th position.

International postal code formatting is

accommodated by ignoring non-numeric fields. Dashes are not inserted if non-numeric characters are detected, or if you enter a number with other than 5 or 9 digits.

AB12 3CD (London)

Postal/Zip code (Foreign)

Input is restricted to upper-case alpha, numeric, spaces, and dashes. A dash is not valid in the first position. A space is valid in the first position if the remaining positions are also space.

International postal code formatting is

accommodated by ignoring non-numeric fields. Dashes are not inserted if non-numeric characters are detected, or if you enter a number with other than 5 or 9 digits.

20071-003 (Brazil)






Some fields do not require any specific format as they are shipped with the product. For example, comment fields, which enable you to enter free-form notes or comments, are one of the most common unformatted fields. Most comment fields include a scroll bar. Click up and down arrows in the scroll bar to display additional text.

You can also control the scroll bars within ADP Enterprise HR using Microsoft Wheel software

to program the scroll on your mouse.

You have finished reviewing how to enter data in unformatted fields. Next you will review how to use fields with prompt (lookup) buttons.

Using Prompt Fields

Prompt fields link to database tables that provide valid field values. Prompt fields are

designated by (Lookup button). Examples of prompt fields include department codes, location codes, job codes, and pay groups. Figure 4-9 displays an example of a prompt field.

Figure 4-9. Prompt Field






Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons





To display a list of the currently effective valid values for prompt fields, click (Lookup). A list box displays all of the valid values that are currently effective for the field.

For example, the valid values list box, as shown in Figure 4-9, displays when you click (Lookup) beside the Job Code field.

You can also display prompt field values by placing the cursor in the prompt field and either

pressing F4 or selecting Pick List from the Edit menu, or by double-clicking any blank prompt field.

You can also add values to some prompt lists, as well as filter your prompt lists to narrow the search results. For more information on adding values to your prompt lists, see “Using the Quick Add Feature” on page 3-11. For more information on filtering your prompt lists, see “Filtering Prompt List Results” on page 4-14.

Filtering Prompt List Results

You can filter the list of valid values displayed in the prompt list to simplify finding the appropriate value. You can do so, in one of the following ways:

• Using a Partial Key

• Using the Find Button

Using a Partial Key

To restrict the number of values in a prompt list using a partial key, do the following:

1. Enter a partial value in the prompt field. For example, enter “10” to generate a list of job codes where the first two digits of the code are “10”.

2. Press F4. The prompt list displays with values that match the partial key.

You can also select Pick List Partial Key from the Edit menu to display the restricted

prompt list.

Figure 4-10. Prompt List Restricted Using a Partial Key



Using the Find Button

You can use the Find button to search for valid values. You can enter full or partial information in either key fields or alternate key fields.

To search for a prompt list value, do the following:

1. Click (Lookup) in the prompt field for which you want to search for a value. The prompt list for that field displays. (See Figure 4-9 on page 4-13.)

2. Click Find. The Enter key/partial key/alternate key dialog box displays.

You can also access the Enter key/partial key/alternate key dialog box by clicking in the

prompt field then pressing Ctrl-F4, or by selecting Pick List Alternate Key from the Edit menu.

Figure 4-11. Enter Key/Partial Key/Alternate Key Dialog Box

3. You can enter the full value or partial value in a key field or alternate key field and click OK. A prompt list displays a list of values that match your search criteria.

For example (see Figure 4-11), you could enter “10” in the Job Code field (key field) to display all job codes that begin with 10. You could also enter “P” in the Description field (alternate key field) to display a list of jobs whose descriptions begin with “P.”

You have finished reviewing how to use prompt fields. Next you will review how to use check boxes.



Using Check Boxes

Check boxes display as small squares next to field names and correspond to Yes or No responses to questions. A selected check box represents a Yes value; a cleared check box represents a No value.

Click in the check box to select or clear. You can also use the Tab key to highlight the check box and use the spacebar to toggle the check box on or off.

You have finished reviewing how to use check boxes. Next you will review how to use radio buttons.

Using Radio Buttons

Radio buttons display as small circles next to field values. They enable you to select from two or more choices. You can select only one radio button from a group of radio buttons. When you select a radio button, it turns black.

Click the radio button to select. You can also use the Tab key to highlight the radio button and use the left and right arrow keys on the keyboard to select the next and previous radio buttons.

You have finished reviewing how to use radio buttons. Next you will review how to use calendar control button next to enterable date fields.






Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons






Enterable date fields on the ADP Enterprise HR panels include a calendar control button. You can either directly enter a date into the field, or you can select a date using the calendar control button. Figure 4-12 shows an example of date fields with the calendar control buttons.

Figure 4-12. Sample Panel with Date Fields and Calendar Control Buttons

To select a date using the calendar control button, do the following:

1. Click the calendar control button next to the date field for which you want to enter a date. The calendar control displays.

Figure 4-13. Calendar Control (open view)

2. Select the date from the calendar control. The following are tips on using the calendar control:

• To change the month, use the buttons on either side of the Month/Year title at the top of the calendar.

• To change the year, use the buttons on either side of the Month/Year title at the top of the calendar.

• To move to a different date within the month, use either your keyboard arrow keys or your mouse.



• To select the date, double-click on the date, or press Enter.

You have finished reviewing how to use the calendar control button. Next you will review how to use toolbar buttons and tips.


Toolbar buttons represent commands that ADP Enterprise HR issues to the application or the database. The application issues this command when you click the button.

For details of the available toolbar buttons, see “Using the Desktop Menu Bar and Toolbar” on page 2-5 and “Using the Organizer/Task Menu Bar and Task Toolbar” on page 2-39.

Using the Save Button

When you enter data in the Workspace, click (Save) only after you complete all changes. This ensures that you complete all the required fields for the entire task.

If you are hiring an employee or adding a new key field to a table and you click (Save) before completing all of the required fields, ADP Enterprise HR generates an error message and colors required fields (in whatever color is used by the selected color theme). To correct

the error, complete all of the required fields in the group of panels and click (Save) again.

Canceling a Task

To exit a panel without saving changes, click (Close) on the toolbar. When you click

(Close) after making changes, ADP Enterprise HR displays the following message:

Figure 4-14. Confirmation Message

Save your changes by clicking Yes, or cancel the changes by clicking No. Click Cancel to return to the panel.

When you close a task, ADP Enterprise HR clears the Workspace.

You have finished reviewing how to use toolbar buttons, which is the last step in using ADP Enterprise HR fields.






Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons








Using Prompt Fields

Using Check Boxes

Using Radio Buttons




Deleting Data From the Database 4-19

Deleting Data From the Database

Procedures for deleting data from the database depend on the type of data you want to delete. Table 4-2 summarizes the various methods.

You have finished reviewing how to delete data from the ADP Enterprise HR database.

Table 4-2. Methods for Deleting Data

To delete... Use this method...

Entries in a field Select the text in the field and press the Delete key.

Records with effective dates

• Position the cursor in a field controlled by the scroll bar and

click (Delete) from the toolbar (or press F8 or select Delete Row from the Edit menu). A message box displays asking you to confirm your decision to delete the record.

• Click Yes to confirm the deletion; click No to cancel the deletion.

• When you have confirmed the deletion, a message displays with information about the deletion. Click OK to close the message box.

• Click (Save) on the panel to permanently delete the record.

For more information, see “Deleting a Row” on page 3-21.

Employees • Select People from the Functional Groups.

• From the Organizer, select Personnel Actions ~ Maintain Employee IDs.

• Double-click on the Delete ID task. The Search dialog box displays.

• Enter the Empl ID you wish to delete. A display-only panel displays with information about the employee.

• Click (Save).

For more information on deleting employees, see the Hiring, Staffing, and Job Maintenance Guide.


4-20 Active Versus Inactive

Active Versus Inactive

For historical purposes, you may want to make records inactive rather than delete them from the database. If you maintain department information, you can “roll back” ADP Enterprise HR and view historical data at any time. If a department is no longer valid, you should insert a row, enter a new effective date, and change the status to “Inactive.”

For more information on current, future, and historical events in ADP Enterprise HR, as well as information on how to insert rows, see Chapter 3, “Understanding ADP Enterprise HR’s Business Rules.”


Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Autolink Clients) 4-21

Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Autolink Clients)

Sometimes additional fields may be needed to track employee information important to your company or organization. ADP Enterprise HR provides you the ability to define these fields. You can use the Enterprise HR Configure feature to define the label for your field, then define values for the field using the User Defined Information and HR User Defined Field Setup tasks.

For information on configuring field labels in ADP Enterprise HR, see the Application Administrator’s Guide. See “Defining Fields” on page 4-22 for information on defining specific values for the user-defined fields.

The fields you define display on one of the two panels that are part of the Status Flags/Dates/Other task, or on one of three panels that are part of the Optional HR Information/HR User Defined Information tasks. It is on these panels that you populate your user-defined fields for each employee. See “Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee” on page 4-27 for more information on these tasks.

For example, you may want to track the season in which your employees are hired. You can label a user-defined Status field “Hire Season” using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature, and then create values such as F (Fall) and S (Summer) for this field using the Field Values panel (see “Defining Fields” on page 4-22). Then you can use the Status Flags/Dates/Other task to select a value from the Hire Season field for each employee (see “Selecting a Status Flag Value” on page 4-27).

ADP Enterprise HR does not use any information entered in user-defined fields. These fields are for your internal tracking purposes only.

The fields you setup and use are not automatically mapped to corresponding fields for use on AutoPay. You will have to map values through the Mappable Fields task (System Admin ~ Autolink Payroll Setup (Optional) ~ Mappable Fields), if you choose to send them to AutoPay.

Your ADP Consultant may instruct you to provide additional fields in Autolink for use with

AutoPay. Use the fields on this panel only if a logical, equivalent field cannot be found on any other panel in ADP Enterprise HR.

If you use any of the Status Flags or Custom Area user-defined fields for data entry, they must be mapped to the same named field on AutoPay so that the data you enter can be transferred from Autolink to AutoPay. HR User or Date user-defined fields can be mapped, but they do not have the same named field on AutoPay. For more information on mapping fields from ADP Enterprise HR to AutoPay, refer to the Company Setup and Maintenance Guide.

You can also define user field labels for time and labor management systems and then assign

these fields to a specific employee. For more information on setting up an interface to a time and labor management system, refer to the Company Setup and Maintenance Guide.



Using user-defined fields consists of the following:

• Defining Fields

• Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee

Defining Fields

You can use the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature to define the label for your

user-defined field. For information on configuring field labels in ADP Enterprise HR, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Defining Fields consists of the following:

• Defining Status Flag Fields

• Defining HR User Fields

Defining Status Flag Fields

You can define multiple values to use to qualify an employee for various custom processes, calculations or report groups. Each value for a status flag consists of an optional, client defined, one digit character. These values will appear as options for the field when you assign the status flag to an employee, using the Status Flags/Dates/Others task (see “Selecting a Status Flag Value” on page 4-27).

To define prompt values for your status flag fields, do the following:


Autolink Payroll Setup (Optional) ~ User Defined Information

2. Double-click the User Field Values task. The Search dialog box displays.



Defining Fields

Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee



3. Click OK. The Search Results area displays.

Figure 4-16. Search Results Area

4. Highlight the Field Name in the Search Results area for which you want to create values and double-click to select. The Field Values panel displays for the selected field name.

Figure 4-17. Field Values Panel

If you have used the Configure feature to rename default field labels on the Status Flags

panel, the new field label displays in the Description field. Figure 4-17 shows the default field label, Flag 1, in the Description field. For more information on the Status Flags panel, see “Defining Status Flag Fields” on page 4-22. For more information on the Configure feature, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

5. Select the Validate Data at Employee Level check box if you want to validate the data when assigning a value at the employee level. When this check box is selected, only values defined on this panel will be available for selection in the prompt lists on the Status Flags panel (see “Selecting a Status Flag Value” on page 4-27). If you clear this check box, you can either select a value from the prompt list, or enter another value at the employee level. Since there will be no validation, any value you enter will be accepted.

6. Enter the first value in the User Value field. This is the information that will display in the prompt list for the field on the Status Flags panel.

7. Enter a description for the value in the Description field. This is the description that will display on the Status Flags panel when you assign the value to an employee, and press Tab.




8. To enter additional values, click (Insert Row) and enter the information for the next value.

9. When you are finished, click (Save).

You have just finished establishing values for your status flags fields. Next you define values for HR user fields.

Defining HR User Fields

You can define valid prompt values for your HR user fields. These values will appear as options for the field when you assign the HR user field to an employee, using the Optional HR Information or HR User Defined Information task (see “Selecting an HR User Field Value” on page 4-30).

To define prompt values for your HR user fields, do the following:


Human Resources Setup (Optional) ~ HR User Defined Field Setup

2. Double-click the HR User Field Values task. The Search dialog box displays.








If you have used the Configure feature to rename default field labels on the HR User

Fields panel, the new field label displays in the Description field. Figure 4-17 shows the default field label, User11, in the Description field. For more information on the HR User Fields panel, see “Defining HR User Fields” on page 4-24. For more information on the Configure feature, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.




5. Select the Validate Data at Employee Level check box if you want to validate the data when assigning a value at the employee level. When this check box is selected, only values defined on this panel will be available for selection in the prompt lists on the HR User Fields panel (see “Selecting an HR User Field Value” on page 4-30). If you clear this check box, you can either select a value from the prompt list, or enter another value at the employee level. Since there will be no validation, any value you enter will be accepted.

6. Enter the first value in the User Value field. This is the information that will display in the prompt list for the field on the HR User Fields panel.

7. Enter a description for the value in the Description field. This is the description that will display on the HR User Fields panel when you assign the value to an employee, and press Tab.



You have just finished establishing values for your HR user fields. Next you will populate user-defined fields for a specific employee.




After you have defined your fields, you can populate the fields for a specific employee. For example, if an employee is a member of the Work Council, you can select Y for the value.

You populate user-defined fields as follows:

• Selecting a Status Flag Value

• Entering Custom Areas and/or Dates Values

• Selecting an HR User Field Value

• Entering Date and Numeric Field Information

• Entering Character Field Information

Selecting a Status Flag Value

To select employee values for a user-defined status flag, do the following:

1. Make one of the following selections:

Payroll ~ Employee Information and Processes ~ Change Employee Information

OR

Benefits ~ Benefit Eligibility Information ~ Eligibility Information

OR

People ~ Personnel Actions ~ Change Job/Position Information

You can also access this task through multiple paths under the People, Compliance, and

Compensation functional groups.


Defining Fields




2. Double-click the Status Flags/Dates/Other task. The Search dialog box displays.


3. Enter the employee ID in the Empl ID field.

4. Enter the employment record number in the Employment Record Number field and click OK. The Status Flags panel displays.

The Employment Record Number field is available when the Multiple Concurrent

Jobs check box is selected on the Basic Options panel (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup ~ Installation).

Figure 4-22. Status Flags Panel

The default labels for the fields on the Status Flags panel are Flag 1 through Flag 7. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

The field names (Flag_1 through Flag_7) are what display in the search results (see

Figure 4-16 on page 4-23) when you define the status flag values, regardless of what you changed the field label to. When you hover over the field on the Status Flags panel, the field name, for example Flag_1 displays.

5. Click (Search) to view the available values for the field.




6. Select the appropriate value for the employee, click OK, and press Tab. The value and its description displays.

If you cleared the Validate Data at Employee Level check box on the Field Values

panel, you can enter a value other than one that is listed in the prompt list. See “Defining Status Flag Fields” on page 4-22 for more information.

7. To enter values for multiple fields, repeat steps 5-6.

You have just finished assigning an employee value for user-defined status flags. Next you will enter custom area and/or date values.

Entering Custom Areas and/or Dates Values

On the Custom Area/Dates panel, enter employee values for the user-defined custom area and date fields.

To enter employee values for user-defined custom areas and/or dates, do the following:

1. Click the Custom Area/Dates tab. The Custom Area/Dates panel displays.

The default labels for the fields are Custom Area 1 through Custom Area 4 and Date A through Date D. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see Chapter 4, “Working with Your Data”).

Figure 4-23. Custom Area/Dates Panel

2. Enter descriptions in the Custom Areas and Dates areas as needed.

You have just finished entering employee values for user-defined custom area fields and date fields. Next you will select user field values.




Selecting an HR User Field Value

To assign an employee values for HR user fields, do the following:


Payroll ~ Employee Information and Processes ~ Change Employee Information

OR


OR




2. Double-click the Optional HR Information task (Payroll module) or HR User Defined Information task (Benefits and Human Resources module). The Search dialog box displays.





4. Enter the employment record number in the Employment Record Number field and click OK. The HR User Fields panel displays.



Figure 4-25. HR User Fields Panel

The default labels for the fields on the HR User Fields panel are User1 through User22. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

The field names (User1 through User22) are what display in the search results (see

Figure 4-19 on page 4-25) when you define the HR user field values, regardless of what you changed the field label to. When you hover over the field on the HR User Fields panel, the field name, for example User1 displays.

5. Enter the Effective Date for this record.

6. Click (Search) to view the available values for the field.


If you cleared the Validate Data at Employee Level check box on the Field Values

panel, you can enter a value other than one that is listed in the prompt list. See “Defining HR User Fields” on page 4-24 for more information.


You have just finished assigning an employee values for user-defined mixed character/numeric fields. Next you will enter date and numeric field information.




Entering Date and Numeric Field Information

To enter date and numeric field values for an employee, do the following:

1. Click the HR Dates & Numerics tab. The HR Dates & Numerics panel displays.

The default labels for the fields are HR User Dates Date1 through Date8 and HR User Numerics Nbr1 through Nbr7. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

Any HR User Field that is defined as a cost number segment will be grayed and

unavailable on the HR User Fields panel. For more information on setting up cost number details, see the Company Setup and Maintenance Guide.

Figure 4-26. HR Dates & Numerics Panel

2. In the HR User Dates area, enter dates for fields applicable to the employee.

3. In the HR User Numerics area, enter data for fields applicable to the employee.

You have just finished entering employee values for user-defined date and/or numeric fields. Next you will enter character field information.




Entering Character Field Information

To enter character field values for an employee, do the following:

1. Click the HR Character Fields tab. The HR Character Fields panel displays.

The default labels for the fields are User1 Char through User4 Char. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

Figure 4-27. HR Character Fields Panel

2. In the Descriptions area, enter data for fields applicable to the employee.


You have just finished entering employee values for user-defined character fields, which is the last step in populating user-defined fields for a specific employee.




Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Enterprise Payroll Clients)

Sometimes additional fields may be needed to track employee information important to your company or organization. You can use the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature to define the label for your field, then define values for the field using the HR User Defined Field Setup task.

For information on configuring field labels in ADP Enterprise HR, see the Application Administrator’s Guide. See “Defining Fields” on page 4-22 for information on defining specific values for the user-defined fields.

The fields you define display on one of three panels that are part of the HR User Defined Information task. It is on these three panels that you populate your user-defined fields for each employee.

For example, you may want to track if your employees are members of the Works Council. You can label an HR user field “Works Council” using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature, and then create values such as Y (yes) and N (no) for this field using the Field Values panel (see “Defining Fields” on page 4-35). Then you can use the HR User Defined Information task to populate the Works Council field with a Y or N for each employee.

ADP Enterprise HR does not use any information entered in user-defined fields. These fields

are for your internal tracking purposes only.

You can also define user field labels for time and labor management systems and then assign these fields to a specific employee. For more information, refer to the Company Setup Guide.

Using user-defined fields consists of the following:

• Defining Fields

• Populating User-Defined Fields for a Specific Employee


Using User-Defined Fields to Track Employee Information (Enterprise Payroll Clients) 4-35

Defining Fields

You can use the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature to define the label for your

user-defined field. For information on configuring field labels in ADP Enterprise HR, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

You can use the HR User Defined Field Setup tasks to define prompt values for the HR user fields. These values will appear as options for the field when you assign the HR user field to an employee, using the Optional HR Information or HR User Defined Information task (see “Selecting an HR User Field Value” on page 4-37).

To define prompt values for your HR user fields, do the following:

1. Click the System Admin functional group.

2. From the Task Manager, make the following selections:

Human Resources Setup (Optional) ~ HR User Defined Field Setup

3. Double-click the HR User Field Values task. The Search dialog box displays.





Defining Fields






If you have used the Configure feature to rename default field labels on the HR User

Fields panel, the new field label displays in the Description field. Figure 4-30 shows the default field label, User11, in the Description field. For more information on the HR User Fields panel, see “Selecting an HR User Field Value” on page 4-37. For more information on the Configure feature, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

6. Select the Validate Data at Employee Level check box if you want to validate the data when assigning a value at the employee level. When this check box is selected, only values defined on this panel will be available for selection in the prompt lists on the HR User Fields panel (see “Selecting an HR User Field Value” on page 4-37). If you clear this check box, you can either select a value from the prompt list, or enter another value at the employee level. Since there will be no validation, any value you enter will be accepted.

7. Enter the first value in the User Value field. This is the information that will display in the prompt list for the field on the HR User Fields panel.

8. Enter a description for the value in the Description field. This is the description that will display on the HR User Fields panel when you assign the value to an employee, and press Tab.



You have just finished establishing values for your user-defined fields. Next you will populate user-defined fields for a specific employee.





After you have defined your fields, you can populate the fields for a specific employee. For example, if an employee is a member of the Work Council, you can select Y for the value.

You populate user-defined fields as follows:

• Selecting an HR User Field Value

• Entering Date and Numeric Field Information

• Entering Character Field Information

Selecting an HR User Field Value

To assign an employee values for HR user fields, do the following:


Payroll ~ Employee Information ~ Change Employee Payroll Data/Change Employee Additional Pay Data

OR


OR





Defining Fields




2. Double-click the HR User Defined Information task. The Search dialog box displays.



4. Enter the employment record number in the Employment Record Number field and click OK. The HR User Fields panel displays.



Figure 4-32. HR User Fields Panel

The default labels for the fields on the HR User Fields panel are User1 through User22. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

The field names (User1 through User22) are what display in the search results (see

Figure 4-29 on page 4-35) when you define the HR user field values, regardless of what you changed the field label to. When you hover over the field on the HR User Fields panel, the field name, for example User1 displays.

5. Enter the Effective Date for this record.




6. click (Search) to view the available values for the field.



You have just finished assigning an employee values for user-defined mixed character/numeric fields. Next you will enter date and numeric field information.

Entering Date and Numeric Field Information

To enter date and numeric field values for an employee, do the following:

1. Click the HR Dates & Numerics tab. The HR Dates & Numerics panel displays.

The default labels for the fields are HR User Dates Date1 through Date8 and HR User Numerics Nbr1 through Nbr7. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

Figure 4-33. HR Dates & Numerics Panel

2. In the HR User Dates area, enter dates for fields applicable to the employee.

3. In the HR User Numerics area, enter data for fields applicable to the employee.

You have just finished entering employee values for user-defined date and/or numeric fields. Next you will enter character field information.




Entering Character Field Information

To enter character field values for an employee, do the following:

1. Click the HR Character Fields tab. The HR Character Fields panel displays.

The default labels for the fields are User1 Char through User4 Char. You can change the default labels using the ADP Enterprise HR Configure feature (see the Application Administrator’s Guide).

Figure 4-34. HR Character Fields Panel

2. In the Descriptions area, enter data for fields applicable to the employee.


You have just finished entering employee values for user-defined character fields, which is the last step in populating user-defined fields for a specific employee.



Chapter 5

Monitoring Message Notifications

PAGE TOPIC

5-2 Introduction

5-4 Accessing the Message Monitor

5-5 Selecting Message Detail Options

5-7 Viewing Message Notification Details

5-11 Viewing the Results Summary of a Message

5-15 Accessing Error Details

5-16 Viewing Details of Large Messages

5-18 Specifying Search Criteria for Messages

5-20 Dismissing a Message

5-21 Canceling a Pending Message

Chapter 5: Monitoring Message NotificationsUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

5-2 Introduction

Introduction

Messaging is for Autolink hosted clients only, and allows for the exchange of “message data” between ADP Enterprise HR and other applications. In order to view messages, you must provide access to specific panels, assign security roles, and enable specific business processes.

For example, message notification allows you to immediately send pay group level setup changes without the intermediary of an ADP consultant. Once sent, you receive notification through the Message Monitor detailing the status of those updates. You can also receive notification for CheckMate processing, the completion of payroll processing, and the notification of updates for employee data changes. In addition, ADP Enterprise HR accepts hiring data from ADP VirtualEdge Professional.

Table 5-1 shows the types of messages that can be exchanged with ADP Enterprise HR.

Table 5-1. Type of Messages

Interface Description

InfoLink Data Exchange

The message notification concerning either iSI employee registration or employee data change information is sent from ADP Enterprise HR to the either the access control application, ADP VirtualEdge Professional, or to ADP Benefit Services.

There are ADP Enterprise HR fields that are needed in order to

determine security access for an employee in ADP Self Service. This security access determines what an employee can do in ADP Self Service.

AutoPay Modifications to specific Company Control Information (CCI), in which case the message is sent and another message returned upon completion.

Payroll receive and transmit, in which case payroll files are sent to AutoPay and payroll event/result files are automatically received.

Payroll notification, in which case the message is sent to ADP Enterprise HR.

CheckMate CheckMate notification, in which CheckMate transactions are sent to AutoPay, and message notifications are sent back to ADP Enterprise HR, both when all transactions are received by AutoPay and when the results for the transactions are available.

ADP General Ledger ADP General Ledger is a self-service internet-based application that provides you access to payroll data from a general ledger perspective. Payroll data is sent from ADP Enterprise HR to ADP General Ledger.


Introduction 5-3

The following table contains the list of guides that provide more Autolink information about setting up and using the message notification feature.

SIA Bulk The message notification concerning the bulk download of employee information is sent from ADP Enterprise HR to ADP Benefit Services, for clients using ADP HWSE.

SIA Bulk is used to sent a bulk initial download of employees’

data to ADP Benefit Services. ADP InfoLink is used to send employee data changes on a per employee basis. The HWSE Initial Load and Sync (UTL017) is used to send the bulk download of employee data to ADP Benefit Services. For information on setting up message notification for HWSE and sending bulk data to ADP Benefit Services, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

ADP Total Compensation Statements

ADP’s Total Compensation Statements provides employees with online access to their total compensation. ADP Enterprise HR sends employee indicative data, compensation, data and benefits data to ADP Total Compensation Statements.

QuickView Payroll accept or reject messages are sent to AutoPay.

ADP VirtualEdge Professional

ADP VirtualEdge Professional is a talent life-style solution that exchanges general HR data and employee-specific data with ADP Enterprise HR.

Information Guide

Using Infolink Data Exchange Application Administrator’s Guide

Company control information changes Company Setup and Maintenance

COBRA Benefits Ongoing Maintenance Guide

Total compensation statements ADP Total Compensation Statements Setup and Maintenance Guide

CheckMate Processing Payroll Processing Guide

Payroll receive, transmit, and processing notification

QuickView Confirmation

Table 5-1. Type of Messages (cont.)

Interface Description


5-4 Accessing the Message Monitor

Accessing the Message Monitor

You can view the message data from business transactions using the Message Monitor. You can only view messages which have been activated. You also must have appropriate panel access to view messages. For information on panel access and activating messages, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

The Message Monitor panel can be accessed either by clicking the Message Notification

icon ( ) or through the following path: System Admin ~ Application Administration ~ Messaging ~ Administration.

Through the Message Notification icon, displayed as part of the ADP Enterprise HR toolbar, you can access the Message Monitor at any time to view both previous messages that have

not been dismissed and new messages that have not been viewed. The icon displays each time you access ADP Enterprise HR or when a new message is available.

Unless otherwise indicated, the following information uses only the form of the Message

Notification icon.

You have finished learning how to access the Message Monitor panel.


Selecting Message Detail Options 5-5

Selecting Message Detail Options

The Message Monitor allows you to view available messages which have not been dismissed. Which messages are available also depends on the option selected in the Exclude from Message Monitor field on the Messaging Controls panel. Figure 5-1 shows a completed Messaging Controls panel. By default, you will see all messages from enabled business processes.

Figure 5-1. Message Controls Panel

All message notifications, including cancelled and dismissed messages, can be viewed

through the Messaging Administration task.

Options on the Message Detail panel vary depending on the type and status of the message. Table 5-2, “Message Options Based on Status” describes some of the options available based on the status of the message. Descriptions of these options and statuses are provided in this section. Note that this list is a general list and may still vary based on the message type.

Table 5-2. Message Options Based on Status

Status Possible Options

Error Processing Message

Links: Message Data, Responses, Error Detail

Buttons: Dismiss, Return

Failed Links: Message Data, Responses


Pending Buttons: Cancel, Dismiss, Return

Received Links: Message Data, Responses




5-6 Selecting Message Detail Options

You can view details for a specific message by clicking the message type link on the Monitor Messages panel.

Figure 5-2. Message Monitor Panel

You have learned how to access message options.

Sent Links: Message Data


Success Links: Message Data, Responses


Success with Warning Links: Message Data, Responses


Unknown Links: Message Data


Table 5-2. Message Options Based on Status (cont.)

Status Possible Options



Viewing Message Notification Details 5-7

Viewing Message Notification Details

This section contains examples of message types and statuses. Again, the information contained on the Message Detail panel varies based on message and status. Use the Message Monitor to view details about the data exchange messages between ADP Enterprise HR and other interfaces. To view all message notifications, do the following:

1. Click and the Message Monitor panel displays.


2. Enter your search criteria and click Search.






The Message Monitor displays all available messages based on the search criteria. When you access the Message Monitor panel, you must click Search before the system retrieves rows of data. You have several options you can use to filter messages. For more information on filtering options, refer to “Specifying Search Criteria for Messages” on page 5-18.

3. Click the Type link for the message which you want to display detail. The Message Detail panel displays.

Figure 5-5. Message Detail Panel

Notice the Message Data link and the Responses link. These links are not available for all business processes and statuses. In addition, if an error occurs during the business transaction, an Error Detail link is also displayed. Some messages contain a Content area with additional details about the message data and business transaction.

These links are not available for all business processes and statuses.



Viewing Message Notification Details 5-9

4. To view message data details, do the following:

a. Click the Message Data link. The Message Detail panel displays.


The Message Detail panel shows the following information:

• Verb Noun – The verb part of the name identifies the action that the message performs. The noun part of the name identifies the entity on which the action is performed.

• Source – Indicates the source of the message.

• Instance Worked Date/Time – Indicates the date and time the message was processed.

• Seq # – Displays the order or sequence of the message.

• Queue Manager – Indicates the computer acting in the message queuing role.

• Queue Name – Indicates the name of the queue

b. Click a link in the Verb Noun column to view the message header and body. The Message Data Viewer displays.

When messages through the Message Monitor are very large files, the user has the

option to generate the message and view the message data report through the Report Outputs in .HTM format. For additional information, refer to “Viewing Details of Large Messages” on page 5-16.




Figure 5-7 shows an example of the ADP VE Professional business transaction.

Figure 5-7. Message Data Viewer

The top scroll region displays the Messaging Queue (MQ) header information. The lower scroll region shows the message body details.

If a message consists of a large file, you will have to run a report to see the data. A

dialog box displays to allow you to run the report. For additional information, refer to“Canceling a Pending Message,” on page 5-21.

c. Click (Cancel) to return to the Message Detail panel.

You have learned to view the details for message data.


Viewing the Results Summary of a Message 5-11

Viewing the Results Summary of a Message

Once you return to the Message Detail panel, you can also find additional details about the responses of a message. To view the Responses panels, do the following:

1. Click and the Message Monitor displays (see “Message Monitor Panel” on page 5-7).

2. Select the message for which you want to display detail by clicking the message type link of the message (underlined item in the Type field). The Message Detail panel displays (see Figure 5-5 on page 5-8).

3. From the Message Detail panel, click the Responses link. The Results Summary panel displays.

Figure 5-8. Results Summary Panel

The Results Summary panel provides additional details about the complete business process conversation between ADP Enterprise HR and the application in which it is interfacing. You can also view the data by the type of result.




4. From the Results Summary panel, click the Receipts tab. The Receipts panel displays.

Figure 5-9. Receipts Panel

This panel displays the types of receipts received by ADP Enterprise HR from external systems in response to a message sent from ADP Enterprise HR. The rows contain a the list of sources that have issued confirm messages indicating the system has received a specific message.

Currently, only inbound receipts from other systems are stored.

5. Click the Successes tab. The Successes panel displays.

Figure 5-10. Successes Panel

This panel displays warning messages related to the business transaction, if applicable. These warning messages indicate that the data was sent successfully, but field validation fired a warning.




Viewing the Results Summary of a Message 5-13

6. Click the Partial Failures tab. The Partial Failures panel displays.

Figure 5-11. Partial Failures Panel

The rows on this panel contain messages with more than one noun. For example, if a Load Job Application message contained more than one hire, the row would display on the Partial Failures panel.

7. Click the Failures tab. The Failures panel displays.

Figure 5-12. Failures Panel

This panel shows the details of why a message was not processed into ADP Enterprise HR. Use this panel to help track lost new hire messages.





8. Click (Cancel) to return to the Message Detail panel.

You have learned how to view the possible responses of a message.


Accessing Error Details 5-15

Accessing Error Details

If the business transaction caused an error, the Error Detail link displays on the Message Detail panel. To view additional details about a specific error, do the following:


2. Select the message for which you want to display detail by clicking the message type link of the message (underlined item in the Type field). The Message Detail panel displays (see “Message Detail Panel” on page 5-9).

3. From the Message Detail panel, click the Error Detail link. The Error Detail panel displays.

Figure 5-13. Error Detail Panel

The Error Detail panel can assist support in troubleshooting the cause of the processing error.


You have learned how to access error details if a processing error occurs as a result of a business transaction.



5-16 Viewing Details of Large Messages

Viewing Details of Large Messages

In order to avoid overloading the application server, large messages are written to the Reports directory. Instead of viewing these messages in the Message Monitor, you can access the entire details of large messages through the Report Outputs dialog box.

If a business process triggers a large message, ADP Enterprise HR prompts you to run the report when you access the Message Data details panel. To view the details of a large message, do the following:


2. Select the message for which you want to display detail by clicking the message type link of the message (underlined item in the Type field). The Message Detail panel displays (see “Message Detail Panel” on page 5-8).

3. From the Message Detail panel, click the Message Data link. The Message Detail panel displays (see “Message Detail Panel” on page 5-9) showing the Verb Noun list available for the message.

4. Click a link in the Verb Noun column to view the message header and details. For large messages, the Run Report dialog appears.

Figure 5-14. Run Report Dialog

5. Click Yes to view the message detail through Report Outputs dialog box in .HTM format.

If you do not want to create the report, click No. You will still see the message header

and the first part of the message, but the entire message will not be available for review.

Once the report has finished generating, click (Report Outputs) to access the Reports Output dialog box.

6. To view your message data report, do the following:

a. Select User Directory from the Look In field.

b. Select htm from the File with extension field.


Viewing Details of Large Messages 5-17

Figure 5-15 shows an example of a message data report selected in the Report Outputs dialog box.

Figure 5-15. Report Outputs Dialog Box


You have finished viewing large message data reports.

For more information on running reports and using the Report Outputs dialog box, see “Running Reports or Processes” on page 6-4.


5-18 Specifying Search Criteria for Messages

Specifying Search Criteria for Messages

You can define the display criteria to limit the messages that are displayed based on roles, types, originators, statuses, correlation IDs, and future dated messages. When you clear a check box for some filters, a field displays allowing you to filter the search results based on a specific value for that option. Click Refresh to view the filtered rows. Figure 5-16 shows an example of the Message Monitor panel with criteria options displayed.


You can search based on one or all of the following:

• Clear the All Roles check box to limit the messages displayed to one pay group. When you clear the roles, a field displays for you to enter the role (including ADP INFOLINK) whose messages you want to display.

• Clear the All Types check box to limit the messages to display one type of work list.

For CCI Maintenance, there is one work list for each type of company control information

you can change in addition to the business process for payroll processing notification.

When you clear the types, a field displays for you to enter the type of work list whose messages you want to display.

• Clear the All Originators check box to limit the messages displayed to one user. When you clear the originators, a field displays for you to enter the user whose messages you want to display.

• Clear the All Statuses check box to limit the messages displayed to one type of status. When you clear the statuses, a field displays for you to enter the type of status for which you want the messages to display.



Specifying Search Criteria for Messages 5-19

Following are the available status types.

• Clear the All Correlation IDs check box to limit the message displayed to one Correlation ID. When you clear the correlation IDs, a field displays for you to enter the Correlation ID whose messages you want to display.

• Clear the Future Dated Messages check box to hide all future dated messages from displaying. If you want to check the status of current messages, this option will reduce the number of messages displayed in the Message Monitor.

You have finished specifying search criteria for filtering messages.

Status Description

A - Partially Failed Indicates that a message contained more than one noun.

B - Confirmed Indicates that a message has been confirmed.

C - Cancelled Indicates that a pending message has been cancelled.

E - Error Processing Message

Indicates an error condition occurred when processing a message.

F - Failed Indicates that the update or change that was sent has failed and the changes have not been applied. This status also indicates that payroll processing has failed.

N - Processing Indicates that the message is being processed.

P - Pending Indicates that the update you have saved has been created but not sent. It may also indicate that an inbound message has initiated a business process.

R - Received Indicates that a message has been received.

S - Success Indicates that the update you have sent has been successfully applied.

This status also indicates for payroll notification messages

that the payroll output reports have been generated from a successful payroll processing.

T - Sent Indicates that the update you created has been sent.

U - Unknown Indicates that the final status of an incoming message cannot be determined.

W - Success/Warning

For future use.


5-20 Dismissing a Message

Dismissing a Message

Once you view the message data, you can dismiss the message to remove it from the Message Monitor.

To dismiss a message, do the following:

1. From the Message Monitor, select the check box beside the message you have finished viewing.


You can select more than one message to dismiss. However, you cannot dismiss a

message with a Pending status.

2. Click (Save). The messages are cleared from the list.

You have finished reviewing how to dismiss messages.



Canceling a Pending Message 5-21

Canceling a Pending Message

You can cancel a message if it has a status of P (Pending) through the Outbound Message Detail panel.

When a pending message is canceled, the user profile ID of the user canceling the message along with the date and time of the cancellation is saved and can be viewed through the detail of the message.

To cancel a message, do the following:

1. Click and the Message Monitor panel displays.




5-22 Canceling a Pending Message

2. Select the message for which you want to display detail by clicking the Type link of the message (underlined item in the Type field). The Outbound Message Detail panel displays.


3. Click (Cancel) to cancel the message. The Message Monitor panel displays (see “Message Monitor Panel” on page 5-21).

You have finished canceling a pending message, which is the last step in using the Message Monitor.



Chapter 6

Reporting Tools

PAGE TOPIC

6-2 Introduction

6-3 Ad-Hoc Reporting

6-4 Running Reports or Processes

6-17 Using Query

6-44 Query Views

Chapter 6: Reporting ToolsUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

6-2 Introduction

Introduction

Instructions for running reports and processes, and generating queries in the ADP Enterprise HR application are detailed in this chapter. This chapter also contains the list of Query Views that are available in the application.

Due to the sensitive nature of Social Security Numbers, ADP recommends that you either

hide Social Security Numbers (show no digits) or mask them (show only the final four digits) on your management reports. If you elect to display your employees’ full Social Security Numbers on your reports, you should take all necessary precautions to safeguard these documents and dispose of them. (You may change your selection to remove full Social Security Numbers from your reports at any time). For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

ADP Enterprise HR provides the ability to mask data sensitive fields, such as Social Security Numbers, Transit/Routing Numbers, Account Numbers, Credit Card Numbers, Driver’s License Numbers, and Birth Dates. Panels for reports that include any of these fields allow the user to show, hide, or mask these numbers, depending on the user’s security profile setting. If security is set to Show, choices are Show, Mask, or Hide; if security is set to Mask, choices are Mask or Hide. For more information on Operator Security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.


Ad-Hoc Reporting 6-3

Ad-Hoc Reporting

For ADP Enterprise HR, you can do ad-hoc reporting using ADP’s Reporting solution. ADP Reporting provides a wizard to walk you through the creation of reports.

The figure below illustrates the main ADP Reporting panel.

Figure 6-1. ADP Reporting Panel

For more information, refer to the ADP Reporting online help or the Getting Started with ADP Reporting Guide.



Running Reports or Processes

ADP Enterprise HR features integrated reports, which display within the processes where they are most needed. So, if a specific task or process warrants a report, you’ll see the report in the Task Manager.

Figure 6-2. Report Task in Organizer

Running reports or processes consists of the following tasks:

• Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access

• Generating Reports or Files

• Viewing Reports or Generated Files

• Searching the Report or File

• Printing Reports or Files

• Deleting Reports or Files

List of reports available in the People functional group


Running Reports or Processes 6-5

Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access

Generated reports from *.SQRs go into a profile ID-specific reports directory. Batch process generated files, such as many of the payroll processes, go into a common batch directory. Some processes also create archive files that go into a common batch\archive directory. For Autolink, files for a pay group can be found in the specified batch and batch\archive directories. A test directory is also available as a separate directory under the SQROUT folder. This is a secure folder used to hold output for custom SQRs or new SQRs.

Operator Security determines the user’s access to these directories. Operator Security settings on the Reporting and Process Scheduling panel (System Admin ~ Security Administration ~ Operator ~ Profile) determine the following:

• Access to the batch directory (and related batch/archive)

• Access to the test directory

• Super-user access to reports for all users

• Ability to delete reports from the directories the user can view

For more information on the Reporting and Processing Scheduling panel and Operator

Security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

For Autolink, access to specific pay group batch or batch\archive directories are determined by a user’s pay group access setting on the Utilities panel.

For more information on the setting user pay group access, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

You have finished reviewing available file directories and user access to these directories. Next you will generate the report or file.



Generating Reports or Files

Viewing Reports or Generated Files

Searching the Report or File

Printing Reports or Files

Deleting Reports or Files




When you run SQR reports, they are typically saved in LIS format. However, there are some processes or reports that generate a file other then an LIS format, such as a CSV file. In addition, message data reports are also available through the Report Outputs, in HTML format. When messages being viewed through the Message Monitor are very large, the user has the option to extract the message and view it through the Report Outputs in .HTML format.

You can also set up ADP Enterprise HR so that either a PDF file is created instead of an LIS

file, or so that both an LIS and PDF file are created when you run a report. Not all reports are suitable for PDF output.

For details on the required settings, as well as information on possible issues with generating reports in PDF format, see the Standard Reports Guide.

To generate a report, follow these steps:

1. Double-click on the report task as you would any other task. The selected report panel displays in the Workspace.

Figure 6-3. Position Status (POS001) Panel

For some reports, no input is required.

2. Complete all of the fields on the panel, if applicable.

3. Click Run Report. You’ll receive a notification.

Figure 6-4. Report Notification











4. Click OK.

5. Click (Process Monitor) to view the status of the report you’ve submitted. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

6. To view the report, click (Report Outputs). The Report Outputs dialog box displays.

Figure 6-5 shows an example of the Report Outputs dialog box for a user with access to the common batch directory, as well as the user’s report directory.

Figure 6-5. Report Outputs Dialog Box with Reports and Batch Directories

Figure 6-6 shows an example of the Report Outputs dialog box for a user with access to report, batch, and test directories.

Figure 6-6. Report Outputs Dialog Box with Reports, Batch, and Test Directories

Which directories are available to a user depends on his security access. For more information, see “Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access” on page 6-5.



Figure 6-7 shows an example of the Report Outputs dialog box for an Autolink user with pay group specific batch directories.

Figure 6-7. Report Outputs Dialog Box with Pay Group-Specific Batch Directories

Figure 6-8 shows an example of the Report Outputs dialog box for a super-user with access to all user’s report directories.

If you are a super-user, your reports directory will be listed first in the Reports area.

Figure 6-8. Report Outputs Dialog Box with Reports, Batch, and Test Directories

7. Select the appropriate directory from the left navigation area, select the appropriate file type from the File with extension field, highlight the report you want to view, and click

(View). A secondary browser window displays your report. (For more information, see “Viewing Reports or Generated Files” on page 6-9.)

You can also click (Process Monitor) to view detailed process information. For a

description and an illustration of the report, see the Standard Reports Guide.

Some processes do not generate reports. When you run the process, you will receive a message notifying you that your process has been submitted. Click OK. Click

(Process Monitor) to confirm the completion status of your process. For more information, see “Using the Process Monitor” on page 2-61.



You have finished running a report or process that created a report in an LIS or PDF format, or generated another supported file format, such as CSV. Next you will view the report or generated file.


Once generated, reports or files reside on the network in a specific user or batch directory. Before viewing these reports and files, you must open the Report Outputs dialog box. To access the Report Outputs dialog box, you can either select File then Report Outputs from

the main desktop menu, or click (Report Outputs) on the toolbar.

The Report Outputs dialog box enables you to pick from a list of reports or processes that have been submitted and launch the report viewing application, File Viewer. As part of ADP Enterprise HR, the File Viewer software allows you to view the reports or files online.

The Report Outputs dialog box features a toolbar to manage report functions. The Report Outputs toolbar buttons are described in Table 6-1.

You must generate the report or file before you can view it. To generate a report or file, see

“Generating Reports or Files” on page 6-6.

To access the Report Outputs dialog box, follow these steps:

1. After generating the report or file, open the Report Outputs dialog box by selecting

Report Outputs from the File menu or click (Report Outputs).

Figure 6-9. Report Outputs Selection from Desktop Menu Bar

Table 6-1. Report Outputs Toolbar Buttons

Function Toolbar Button Function Toolbar Button

Open Delete

Open (Local) Save As

Print Rename










2. The Report Outputs dialog displays. (For examples of other directories available through the Report Outputs dialog box, see Figure 6-6 through Figure 6-9.)


Unless otherwise directed, reports or files will be automatically saved to either a Reports directory, a Batch directory, or a Batch Archive directory. You can access these directories through the left navigation area.

The most recently generated report or file is listed first.

3. From the left navigation area, select the directory where the report or file is located.

Authorization to view process results through the Batch directory or Batch Archive

directory must be granted through Operator Security. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

For Autolink, files for a pay group can be found in the specified pay group batch directory or pay group archive directory, for example, Paygroup: 22d or Paygroup Archive: 22d.

Which directories are available to a user depends on their security access. For more information, see “Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access” on page 6-5.

If your report (*.LIS file, *.PDF file, or other) is not listed in this dialog box, check it’s

status by clicking the (Process Monitor). For more information on the Process Monitor, see “Using the Process Monitor” on page 2-61, or refer to the Application Administrator’s Guide.



4. Select a file extension from the File with extension field to list reports with the selected extension. Available options are:

• * – Displays all available files

• CSV – Displays only .CSV files

• LIS – Displays only .LIS files

• LOG – Displays only .LOG files

• PDF – Displays only PDF files

• HTM – Displays HTML files.

When messages viewed through the Message Monitor are very large, the user has

the option to extract the message and view the message data report through the Report Outputs in .HTML format. For more information, see Chapter 5, “Monitoring Message Notifications.”

5. (Optional) To rename a report or file, do the following:

a. Highlight the file and click (Rename). The Rename dialog box displays.

Figure 6-11. Rename Dialog Box

b. Enter the new report or file name in the New Name field and click OK.

6. (Optional) To delete a report or file, do the following:

a. Highlight the file(s) and click (Delete). The Delete dialog box displays.

Figure 6-12. Report Delete Confirmation Dialog Box

b. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

The selected report or file is deleted immediately.



7. (Optional) To save a report or file to a local directory, do the following:

a. Highlight the file(s) and click (Save As). The Confirm Save dialog box displays.

Figure 6-13. Confirm Save Dialog Box.

b. Click Yes to confirm the file(s) you want to save. The Save dialog box displays.

Figure 6-14. Save Dialog Box

c. To save a report or file, select the folder where you want to save the file or enter the full path and filename (such as c:\temp\reporta.lis) in the File Name field and click Save.

If you are saving a single file, the File Name field displays the name of the file. If you

are saving multiple files, you need to specify the target directory in the File Name field.

8. (Optional) To print a selected report or file, highlight the file(s) and click (Print).

9. Select the file you want to view from the list in the Report Outputs dialog box and click

(Open). The file will display in the File Viewer window, as shown in Figure 6-15. The File Viewer is used to display Printer Control Language (PCL) and text file types allowing the SQR report to be viewed over the Web.



You can open up to four reports or files in the PCL viewer at one time.

Figure 6-15. Viewing the Report

If your report doesn’t display, make sure that the security setting, “Do not save encrypted

pages to disk,” is turned off. To access this setting from your Internet browser, select Tools ~ Internet Options ~ Advanced. Then, scroll down to the settings listed under the Security heading.



To perform common report functions using the File Viewer, use the toolbar buttons or keys described in Table 6-2.

You have finished viewing the report or file. For information on searching the report or file for specific data, see “Searching the Report or File” on page 6-15. For information on printing the report or file, see “Printing Reports or Files” on page 6-15.

Table 6-2. File Viewer Toolbar Buttons and Keystrokes

FunctionToolbar Selection

Keyboard Shortcut Function

Toolbar Selection

Keyboard Shortcut

Move to the previous page

Page Up or P

Expand the visible page to full size

Move to the next page

Page Down or N

Show an expanded view of the page

Print Ctrl-P

For more information refer to “Printing Reports or Files”

Word wrap lines at the first character extending beyond the edge of the page

Search Ctrl-FFor more information refer to “Searching the Report or File”

Pan in a direction

Arrow keys

Search Again Ctrl-G or F3

Go to first Page

F or Home

Expand the visible page to the width of the window

W Go to last Page

L or End

Expand the visible page to the height of the window

Enter number in Page field to go to a specific page




To search a report or file for an entered text string from File Viewer, do the following:

1. After generating the report or file, click (Search). The Search dialog displays.


2. Enter a text string to search in the Find field.

3. Select Case Sensitive to search text exactly as the case entered in the Find field.

4. Click Find to begin the search.

5. To find other instances in the report of the text string entered in the Find field, click (Search again).

You’ve just completed the searching a report or file. Next, you can print your report or file.


To print a report or file from the File Viewer, do the following:

1. Highlight the report(s) or file(s) in the Report Outputs dialog box.

2. Click (Print). Enter information in the appropriate fields in the Print dialog box and click OK.

Figure 6-17. Print Dialog Box










You have finished printing a report of file. Next you will delete reports or files from directories you can view.


To delete a report or file, do the following:

1. Highlight the report(s) or file(s) in the Report Outputs dialog box.

2. Click (Delete). The Delete dialog box displays. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Figure 6-18. Report Delete Confirmation Dialog Box

You’ve just completed the running reports or processes that generate files.

Which reports or files you can delete depends on your security access settings. If you have delete capability, you can delete reports or files from any directory to which you have access. For more information see “Reviewing Report/File Directories and User Access” on page 6-5.









Using Query 6-17

Using Query

Query is an integrated and simplified departmental query tool designed to meet the needs of most Human Resources, Payroll, and Benefits professionals. With Query, you can do the following:

• Select data from existing views using a convenient hierarchal tree for navigating.

• Select fields to include in your queries.

• Filter data using common logic functions.

• Summarize data using aggregate functions.

• Sort up to three fields.

• Run the query, then view, print, save, or export the results to Microsoft Excel.

You have the option of either running the query immediately, then viewing the output on the

Query Results panel, or running the query as a report that is then accessed and displayed through the Report Outputs dialog box. Running the query using the immediate option has a 999 row limit. There is no limit to the number of rows returned for the report option.

A query can also be run as either a detailed list, or as a summary. A summary query can only be run in the immediate mode.

In addition, you can open saved query definitions that you or others created for sharing and then optionally enter your own data without creating the query definition again.

ADP Enterprise HR includes a number of standard query views. Your Security Administrator can create custom views. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

This section describes query and is organized as follows:

• Query Security

• Accessing Query

• Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result or Report Detail List Query

• Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result Summary Statistic Query

• Filtering Your Output Information

• Sorting Your Results

• Running the Query and Printing the Results

• Saving Queries

• Accessing Saved Queries

• Query Toolbar Functions


6-18 Using Query

Query Security

Department Security in query works the same as in all of ADP Enterprise HR. The query views provided are patterned after the standard search record for enforcing Department Security.

Clients using ADP Enterprise Tools can create or modify query views. In this case, for department security to function, the following must be true of each view used for queries:

• EMPLID field (if used) is made a key and is the first field.

• OPRCLASS field must display as the first or second field in the view (depending on the presence of EMPLID) and must be a key field.

The Access Group Security panel (System Admin ~ Security Administration ~ Application ~ Query Access) allows administrators to control where within the QUICKQUERY or QUICKQUERYCUSTOM trees individual users will be given access.

For more information about security, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

You have finished reviewing query security. The next section describes how to access Query.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query

Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result or Report Detail List Query

Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result Summary Statistic Query

Filtering Your Output Information

Sorting Your Results

Running the Query and Printing the Results

Saving Queries

Accessing Saved Queries

Query Toolbar Functions


Using Query 6-19

Accessing Query

To access Query, do the following:

1. Click Query on the Support Applications Toolbar. The Query tree displays in the Organizer. You have access to standard views containing data that you can quickly use.

In addition, for clients using ADP Enterprise Tools, ADP Enterprise HR provides a

location for customized view definitions. Your Security Administrator can create custom views. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

Figure 6-19. Query Tree Displayed in the Organizer

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries



Support Application Toolbar

Organizer


6-20 Using Query

2. Click next to Standard Views to expand the tree. Click next the view categories to further expand the tree. Figure 6-19 shows the Query tree for Human Resources expanded.

Figure 6-20. Query Tree with Human Resources Expanded

You have finished accessing Query. Next, you will run specific query types. See “Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result or Report Detail List Query” on page 6-21, and “Selecting Fields to Run an Immediate Result Summary Statistic Query” on page 6-24.


Using Query 6-21


To run a query as either an immediate result or report detail list, do the following:

1. From the Organizer, find the appropriate query view by drilling up or down the hierarchal tree and then double-click on the query view you want to run. For example, the Employee Information Query under Human Resources. The Output Type dialog box displays.

Figure 6-21. Output Type Dialog Box

2. For an immediate result detail list query, do the following:

a. Select Detail List as the eQuery Type. A Detail List Query presents the data you select without interpretation. It yields one line for each unique item you select. For example, the query might show employee ID, name, salary, and years of service for each employee in a department. This is the default setting.

You can click Explain to get a detailed explanation of the available query types and

results.

b. Select Immediate (999 row limit) as the Result Type. Query is run immediately and the output is displayed on the Query Results panel. Only 999 rows can be displayed.


results.

For detail lists queries, you can run the query as either an immediate query or a report query, regardless of which way you defined the query result type. Both the

(Run Query) and (Run Report) icons are available on the Query toolbar, once you have selected fields on the Include panel. See “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31 for more information.

3. For a report detail list query, do the following:

a. Select Detail List as the eQuery Type. A Detail List Query presents the data you select without interpretation. It yields one line for each unique item you select. For example, the query might show employee ID, name, salary, and years of service for each employee in a department. This is the default setting.


results.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries




6-22 Using Query

b. Select Report (unlimited rows) as the Result Type. Query is run as a report and is displayed in the Report Outputs dialog box. There is no limit on the number of rows returned. This option is not available if you selected the Summary Statistics option for the eQuery Type.

Click Explain to get a detailed explanation of the available query types and results.

For detail lists queries, you can run the query as either an immediate query or a report query, regardless of which way you defined the query result type. Both the

(Run Query) and (Run Report) icons are available on the Query toolbar, once you have selected fields on the Include panel. See “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31 for more information.

4. Click OK. The Include panel displays.

The Results tab displays if you have selected Immediate (999 row limit) as the Result

Type, The Submit tab displays if you have selected Report (unlimited rows) as the Result Type.

Figure 6-22. Include Panel When Detail List Selected as the eQuery Type

The “Results as of date and time” message indicates the last run of the EMPTBLIN SQR

(System Admin ~ Application Administration ~ Utilities ~ Populate the Employees Table (EMPTBLIN)). It is recommended that you run the SQR on a nightly basis to update the information used in Query.

5. To sort the order of the Include, Field, Type, or Column Heading, click on the appropriate column heading to toggle between ascending and descending sort order.

Sorting on the Include column is useful for displaying all items chosen for output at the

top of the list.



Using Query 6-23

6. To display a field to include in your query and to include the field for sorting, select the corresponding Include check box.

At least one field must be selected. Once you have selected a field, icons on the Query

toolbar are available. For information on using icons on the Query toolbar, see “Query Toolbar Functions” on page 6-42.

7. Enter an alternate column name in the Column Heading field, if needed.

When a field is selected, the long name is automatically entered as a suggested column

heading. To use an alternate name, click in Column Heading field you want to rename, and enter the new name.

8. Select the Skip duplicates option to display unique combinations of the fields selected.

9. If you need to filter and/or sort your selections, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26 and “Sorting Your Results” on page 6-30. To run the query and view your results, see “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31.

You have finished selecting fields to run an immediate results or report detailed list query.

For information on filtering and/or sorting your selections, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26 and “Sorting Your Results” on page 6-30.

To run the query and view your results, see “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31.


6-24 Using Query


To run a query as an immediate result summary, do the following:

1. From the Organizer, find the appropriate query view by drilling up or down the hierarchal tree and then double-click on the query view you want to run. For example, the Employee Information Query under Human Resources. The Output Type dialog box displays.

Figure 6-23. Output Type Dialog Box

2. Select Summary Statistics as the eQuery Type. This option analyzes your data as it is collected, then presents the data in summary form. For example, a summary query may list a count of employees, average salary, minimum salary, and maximum salary by department.


3. Select Immediate (999 row limit) as the Result Type and click OK. Query is run immediately and the output is displayed on the Query Results panel. Only 999 rows can be displayed. The Query Include panel displays.


Figure 6-24. Include Panel When Summary Statistics selected as eQuery Type

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries





Using Query 6-25

The “Results as of date and time” message indicates the last run of the EMPTBLIN SQR

(System Admin ~ Application Administration ~ Utilities ~ Populate the Employees Table (EMPTBLIN)). It is recommended that you run the SQR on a nightly basis to update the information used in Query.

4. Select a field to include from the Field option.

5. Select the appropriate aggregate function for interpretation of the field from the Statistics option. The options are described in Table 6-3.

The Sum and Average functions only display if the field is numeric.

6. Enter new information in the Column Heading field if you prefer an alternate name.

After choosing the Field and Statistic options, an appropriate column heading is

automatically generated.

7. Additional rows are inserted by pressing F7 or (Insert Row) from the toolbar. Rows

are deleted by selecting a row, then pressing F8 or (Delete Row) from the toolbar.

8. Select a Group By option to specify how (by what grouping) the statistics will be accumulated.

In general, the fewer the fields in the list, the higher the level of summarization. For instance, assume a query containing department by gender. Grouping by department alone yields one output line for every department. Grouping by gender alone yields three lines (one for male, one for female, and one for not specified). Grouping by both department and gender yields two lines for each department and an additional third line if the gender is not specified.

Group By selections generate a standard SQL Group By clause that affects the range of

values over which the aggregate functions are applied.

9. If you need to filter and/or sort your selections, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26 and “Sorting Your Results” on page 6-30. To run the query and view your results, see “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31.

You have finished selecting fields to run an immediate results summary statistics query.

Table 6-3. Aggregate Function Options

Option Description

Count distinct Returns the number of distinct entries.

Count Returns the total number of rows (including duplicates).

Minimum Evaluates the minimum of the expression over a set of rows.

Maximum Evaluates the maximum of the expression over a set of rows.

Sum Evaluates the sum of the expression over a set of rows.

Average Evaluates the average of the expression over a set of rows.


6-26 Using Query

For information on filtering and/or sorting your selections, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26 and “Sorting Your Results” on page 6-30.

To run the query, view and print your results, see “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31.


Use the Filter panel to filter your output data. For example, to limit your results to those employees hired in 2013, include the condition “Service Date between 01/01/2013 and 12/31/2013.”

Follow these steps to complete the Filter panel:

1. If you want to exclude unnecessary data in your query, click the Filter tab.

Entries on the Filter panel are optional. The Filter panel is used for both the Detail List

and Summary Statistics options.

Figure 6-25. Filter Panel


2. Select a field option from the Column heading for the query.

Any field that displays in the view or record on which the query is based displays in the

list in the order in which it is defined. In addition, any aggregate fields defined on the Include panel will display at the top of the list of fields. For example, if “Sum Total Gross” and “Average Total Gross” functions were defined in the Include summary, then these would display at the top of the list. If an aggregate row is deleted from the Include summary, it will no longer display in the field list.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries


Using Query 6-27

3. Select a relation option from the Relation column heading. The available relations are users by field type, as shown in Table 6-4.

Criteria based on aggregate fields generate a SQL HAVING clause.

Table 6-4. Operators by Field Type

Field Type English Condition Comment

Character is equal to

is not equal to

is greater than

is equal or greater than

is less than

is equal or less than

is between

is like

=

!

>

>=

<

<=

Inclusive, requires two values

% matches 0 or more characters_ matches any singe character

Number Same as for a character field except there is no “like” user.

Date TimeDate/TimeEFFDT

is equal to

is not equal to

is after

is on or after

is less than

is before

is on or before

is as of

=

!

>

>=

<

<=

Inclusive, requires two values

Requires a single date value defaults to today’s date (system automatically supplies this default)


6-28 Using Query

4. Enter a value to filter in the Value1 field and Value2 field if needed. The logical relation AND is performed between the value fields.

For the “like” operation only, when specifying a character field condition, you may use the percent sign (%) as a wildcard to represent character strings of any length. For example, to limit your results to those employees whose last names begin with the letter B, include the condition “Last Name is like B%.”

If the Value1 or Value2 field has a (lookup prompt), you can use the prompt

features to narrow the data selection. See “Using Prompt Fields” on page 4-13.

To have ADP Enterprise HR prompt you for values each time this query is submitted, place a question mark (?) in the value field(s). When the query is run, the Enter Prompted Values dialog box displays.

Using prompts in queries allows for easier saving and sharing of ad hoc queries.

Figure 6-26. Enter Prompted Values Dialog Box

When a query with prompt fields is run, a dialog for choosing a valid value is displayed.

Enter data for all fields containing a ? and then click OK to run the query. Although all criteria rows are displayed, only the Value fields containing ? are editable.

5. If needed, enter a new row by pressing F7 or (Insert Row) from the toolbar. Rows

are deleted by selecting a row, then pressing F8 or (Delete Row) from the toolbar.


Using Query 6-29

If you have inserted another row, the AND/OR option displays on the next row on the Filter panel.

Figure 6-27. Filter Panel with Second Row

6. Select either AND or OR option to combine the rows logically. AND returns values satisfying both conditions. OR returns values satisfying either condition.

If there is a mix of AND/OR conditions, they are evaluated top to bottom with AND

having precedence over OR. Mixing AND and OR operations is not recommend.

You have finished filtering your query output data.

For information on sorting your selections, see “Sorting Your Results” on page 6-30.

To run the query, then view and print your results, see “Running the Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-31.



6-30 Using Query


With the Sort panel, you may sort on up to three columns. To use the panel, choose the data to sort, then specify the sort direction (ascending or descending).

Entries on the Sort panel are optional.

You may “nest” your result data by specifying multiple sort columns. For example, to arrange a detail employee list in high-to-low salary order by department, sort first by Department, and then second by Salary (descending).

To sort data, follow these steps:

1. Click the Sort tab. The Sort panel displays.

Figure 6-28. Sort Panel


2. Select an item of data to sort in the Sort by field.

3. Select the order of sorting by selecting either the Ascending or Descending option.

4. Repeat these steps for each of the remaining levels you want to sort.

You have finished sorting your query. Next you will run the query, then view and print the results.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries




Using Query 6-31


Once you have selected the fields to include in your query and specified any filter or sort information, you are then ready to run the query. The procedure for running the query and viewing and printing the results differs, depending on if you are running an Immediate Query or a Report Query.

For detail list queries, you can run the query as either an Immediate Query or a Report

Query, regardless of which way you defined the query result type. Both the (Run

Query) and (Run Report) icons are available on the Query toolbar, once you have selected fields on the Include panel. (See “Query Toolbar Functions” on page 6-42 for details on using the Query toolbar icons.) You may want to run a report in the immediate mode to check your filter and sort criteria as you develop your query, then run the query as a report once you are satisfied with your query criteria.

A summary statistic query can only be run as an Immediate Query. Therefore, the (Run

Query) icon is available on the Query toolbar but the (Run Report) icon is not available for summary queries.

The following sections detail the specifics on running the query in both the immediate and report modes.

Running the query and printing your results, includes the following tasks:

• Running an Immediate Query and Printing the Results

• Running a Report Query and Printing the Results

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries




6-32 Using Query

Running an Immediate Query and Printing the Results

You can run both a Detail List Query and a Summary Statistics Query in the immediate mode. To run an Immediate Query, then view and print the results, do the following:

1. Click the Results tab. The Results panel displays.

In addition to clicking the Results panel, you can run a query by pressing F5 or clicking

the (Run Query) button. For details using the Query toolbar icons, see “Query Toolbar Functions” on page 6-42.

Figure 6-29. Results Panel

After running a query, information is displayed on the Results panel and is formatted as follows:

The number of result rows returned are displayed inside the parenthesis of the Result

panel.

• Numeric fields are right justified; all others are left justified.

• Dates are formatted using the currently defined format.

• Numeric values have any defined decimal places filled to allow the values to align properly.

• Numeric values that have decimal positions defined have commas inserted. Non-decimal numerics do not have commas.

• Any translate field displaying in the output has the translate value displayed.

This does not apply to prompt table edits.

• Columns can be rearranged or resized. Rearrangement is reflected in printed output.



Using Query 6-33

• Columns can be sorted by clicking on the column header. Subsequent clicks on the same column header toggle between ascending/descending order. Only one column can be sorted at a time. Printed output reflects column sorting.

Changing the column sort order overrides any selections made on the Sort panel.

• Changing column order or sort order on the Results panel only changes the output. These changes will not display in a subsequent run of the same query.

You can use Ctrl-C to copy selected rows from the Results panel to the clipboard. Rows

to be copied must be contiguous. Multiple rows can be selected using the standard Shift-Click operation.

2. The actual SQL generated and executed when the query is run is available for viewing.

To view, click the (SQL button) on the Query toolbar. The SQL is displayed in the “SQL Select for Query” dialog box.

Figure 6-30. SQL Select for Query Dialog Box

If needed, you can copy the viewed SQL to the clipboard, using Ctrl-C.

3. Once the results of a query are displayed, the (Print button) is enabled on the Query toolbar. Clicking the Print button sends the query results to the default printer.

ADP Enterprise HR automatically prints in portrait or landscape based on the width of the

data to be printed. If the data consists of a few columns, Enterprise HR prints in Portrait. If the data to be printed is too wide to fit in Portrait, it automatically uses Landscape. Enterprise HR automatically picks Portrait or Landscape regardless of the setting on the Print Dialog.


6-34 Using Query

4. You can also export the results to Microsoft Excel. Click (Microsoft Excel button) on the Query toolbar. Microsoft Excel opens and displays all result rows included in the query. Even if you have selected certain rows using Ctrl-Click, when the results are exported to Excel, all rows included in the query display. You can use the standard features of Excel to manipulated your query data in an Excel spreadsheet.

Microsoft Excel must be installed on your computer.

Figure 6-31. Query Rows Exported into Microsoft Excel

You have finished running an Immediate Query and viewed and printed the results.

For information on running a Report Query, see “Running a Report Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-35.

For information on saving your query, see “Saving Queries” on page 6-37.


Using Query 6-35

Running a Report Query and Printing the Results

You can run a Detail List Query in the report mode. A Summary Statistic Query can only be run in the immediate mode. To run a Report Query, then view and print the results, do the following:

1. Click the Submit tab. The Report Output filename dialog box displays.

The Submit tab displays if Report (unlimited rows) is selected as the Result Type. In

addition to clicking the Submit tab, you can run a query by pressing F5 or clicking the

(Run Report) button. For details on using the Query toolbar icons, see “Query Toolbar Functions” on page 6-42.

Figure 6-32. Report Output Filename Dialog Box

2. Enter the Report Output File Name for your query report. This filename will be displayed in the Report Outputs dialog box. An appropriate default filename is suggested that includes a unique Date/Time stamp. The suggested format for the data/time stamp is month, day, year, hours, minutes, seconds. A .CSV extension is automatically appended to the filename you enter. The Submitted panel displays, showing filename details.

Figure 6-33. Submitted Panel

The actual SQL generated and executed when the query is run is available for viewing.

To view, click the (SQL button) on the Query toolbar. The SQL is displayed in the SQL Select for Query dialog box (see Figure 6-30 on page 6-33). If needed, you can copy the viewed SQL to the clipboard, using Ctrl-C.



6-36 Using Query

3. To view the report, click (Report Outputs). The Report Outputs dialog box displays.


4. Select the appropriate directory from the left navigation area, and select CSV from the File with extension field.

5. Highlight the report you want to view, and click (View). A secondary browser window displays your report in Microsoft Excel. You can use the standard features of Excel to manipulated your query data in an Excel spreadsheet.

Microsoft Excel must be installed on your computer.

Figure 6-35. Report Query Shown in Microsoft Excel

6. Print your report from Excel.


Using Query 6-37

You have finished running a Report Query, then viewed and printed the results. The following section details the Query toolbar functions. Next you will save your query.

Saving Queries

Once a query is created, you can save the query to the database for use at a later date. Saving queries includes the following tasks:

• Saving Private or Public Queries

• Saving a Public Query Owned by Another User

• Saving Query Results in Other Formats

• Posting to the Board

Saving Private or Public Queries

The query can be marked as private for your use only or public for all to use. A description can also be associated with the query.

The (Save button) on the Query Desktop is enabled whenever a change is made to a

query and the query has not yet been saved. If a query is ended with changes pending, a Save confirmation dialog displays asking if the query should be saved. You can run a query without first saving it to the database.

To save a query, do the following:

1. Click (Save) on the Query Desktop or press Enter. The Save Query dialog box displays.

Figure 6-36. Save Query Dialog Box

2. Enter a name in the Query Name field.

3. Enter a description in the Description field.

4. Select the Public or Private option from the Query Type group.

5. Click Save to save the query.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries




6-38 Using Query

You have finished saving a query as either a private or public query.

For information on saving a public query that was created by another user, see “Saving a Public Query Owned by Another User” on page 6-38.

For information on saving your query in other formats, see “Saving Query Results in Other Formats” on page 6-39.

For information on posting a query to the board, see “Posting to the Board” on page 6-40.

Saving a Public Query Owned by Another User

To make changes and save a pubic query that was created by another user, do the following:

1. Click (Save) on the Query Desktop or press Enter. The Save Query (with warning) dialog box displays.

Figure 6-37. Save Query (with warning) Dialog Box

2. To avoid destroying the previously created view, the user profile ID is appended to the Query Name field as a suggested new name. You can change the name to anything including the original name of the query. In this case, duplicate query names will display in the existing queries dialog box.

Although the profile ID is part of the identifying key and will clarify any naming

redundancies, it is best to use a new name to avoid the confusion of duplicate query names displaying in the Existing Queries dialog box.

You have finished saving a public query that was created by another user.

For information on saving your query in other formats, see “Saving Query Results in Other Formats” on page 6-39.

For information on posting a query to the board, see “Posting to the Board” on page 6-40.


Using Query 6-39

Saving Query Results in Other Formats

Query results (as opposed to the query itself) can be saved as other file types. For Report Queries, which are displayed in Microsoft Excel, the query results can be saved as any standard “Save As” format available in Excel.

Immediate Queries results can be saved as CSV, TXT, or XLS files on your local machine.

To save Immediate Query results in another format, do the following:

1. Click (Save As) on the Query toolbar. The SaveAs dialog box displays.

Figure 6-38. SaveAs Dialog Box

The Save As button is only enabled when the Results panel is displayed for Immediate

Queries.

The SaveAs dialog box allows you to access any Drive/Directory combination available to the Desktop system and saves files in the CSV, TXT, and XLS file types with the following rules:

The last used drive and directory are remembered and displayed but are not saved after

you logout.

• CSV files have each field separated by a comma and each row separated by a carriage return/linefeed.

• TXT and XLS files have each field separated by a panel and each row separated by a carriage return/linefeed.

2. In the Save In file, navigate to where you want to save your file.

3. Enter the File Name.

4. In the File of Type field, select the file type, then click Save.

You have finished saving your query in other formats. Next you will post a query to the board.


6-40 Using Query


Ad hoc queries can be posted to the board. When the query is restored, it is displayed in the Workspace in the same state as when it was posted. In addition, the Query panel of the Organizer is automatically selected and the view that the query is based on is highlighted. If an edit error was pending at the time of suspension, it is displayed in the Board.

For more information, see “Posting to the Board” on page 2-54.

You have finished posting a query to the board. Next you will access saved queries.


You can open a list of saved queries by clicking Existing Queries on the bottom of the Query Organizer panel.

Figure 6-39. Existing Queries Button in Organizer

Opening a saved query displays the query with all information saved from the last session. This saves you time by not having to set up the options again using the Query panels. In addition, saved queries are very useful when prompt values are used which allow you to enter your own data.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries



Existing Queries Button


Using Query 6-41

Follow these steps for opening existing queries:

1. Click Existing Queries. The Existing Queries dialog box displays.

Figure 6-40. Existing Queries Dialog Box

2. If necessary, sort the columns by clicking on the column header.

3. Open a query by:

• Double-clicking a selected query.

• Selecting a query and click Open.

• Using the up/down arrow keys and pressing the Enter key.

4. If necessary, press the Escape key or click Cancel to dismiss the dialog without taking action.

5. Click Delete to delete a query.

If you select a query that you don't own, Delete is disabled. When deleting, a

confirmation prompt displays after you select a query before you can click Delete. Only one query can be deleted at a time.

You have finished accessing saved queries, which is the last task in using the query feature.

The next section details the Query toolbar functions.

For information on the delivered standard query views, see “Query Views” on page 6-44.


6-42 Using Query


The Query toolbar is not available until after you have selected a query view and then selected at least one field on the Include panel. Once you have selected fields on the Include panel, the Show Query Results in Excel, Run Query, and Run Report icons are available.

Once you have run the query, the Print Query Results, Save Query Results, and Show Query Results in Excel are available for the Immediate Query type only. These toolbar icons are not available for Report Queries.

Figure 6-41. Query Toolbar

Table 6-5 lists the Query toolbar buttons and their functions

Table 6-5. Query Toolbar Buttons

FunctionToolbar Button More Information

Print Query Results

Click this button to print Immediate Query results. For more information on printing, see “Running an Immediate Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-32.

This button is enabled when results are available for

Immediate Queries.

Save Query Results

Click this button to save Immediate Queries. For more information on saving results, see “Saving Queries” on page 6-37.


Immediate Queries.

Show Query Results in Excel

Click this button to show Immediate Query results in Microsoft Excel.


Immediate Queries. This button is not available if you are using Solaris or running Report Queries.

Show the SQL Click this button to display the actual SQL generated and executed when the query is run.

This button is enabled once you have selected at least

one field on the Include panel.

Using Query

Query Security

Accessing Query






Saving Queries




Using Query 6-43

Run the Query (F5)

Click this button to run an Immediate Query. For more information on running a query, see “Running an Immediate Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-32.


one field on the Include panel.

Run the Query as a Report

Click this button to run a Report Query. For more information on running a query, see “Running a Report Query and Printing the Results” on page 6-35.


one field on the Include panel. This button is not available for summary statistic queries.

Table 6-5. Query Toolbar Buttons (cont.)

FunctionToolbar Button More Information


6-44 Query Views

Query Views

ADP Enterprise HR includes a number of standard query views. Your Security Administrator can create custom views. For more information, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query views:

• Human Resources Query Views

• Enterprise Payroll Query Views

• Autolink Payroll Query Views

• Benefits Query Views

• System Administration Query View


Query Views 6-45

Human Resources Query Views

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query views for Human Resources:

• Employee Information

• Human Resource Information

• Performance Reviews

• Performance Plan Assignments

• Termination Analysis

• International Employee Info

• HR User Defined Fields Info

• Performance-Based Pay Activity

• Performance-Based Pay Plan Assignment

• Unassigned Performance Pay Plans

• Unassigned Performance Review Plans

• Employee Grievances

• Employee Disciplinary Actions

• Automatic Step Progression Worksheet with Department Security

You can open one of these views and choose which fields you would like to include. This chapter lists all the fields included in each view.

The Employee Information, Human Resources Information, and Performance Reviews

queries include all employee statuses (Active, Terminated, Suspended, Deceased, Leave, and Retired). If you want employees with only a specific status in your query output, you can add filters. For more information on filtering your queries, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26.

The Employment Record Number field is available in the Human Resources Query views when the Multiple Concurrent Jobs check box is selected on the Basic Options panel (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup ~ Installation).


6-46 Query Views

Employee Information

The following fields are available in the Employee Information view:

• Empl ID • Years of Service

• Pay Group • Months of Service (Remainder)

• Autolink File Number • Company

• Last Name • Location Code

• First Name • Department ID

• Middle Name • Department

• Address (Line 1) • Short Name

• Address (Line 2) • Payroll Department Number

• Address (Line 3) • Cost Number

• City • Job Code

• State • Job Title

• Postal/Zip • Autolink Title

• Country • Union Code

• Electronic Mail Address • Union Seniority Date

• Electronic Mail Address 2 • Bargaining Unit

• Home Phone # • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Employee Type • Manager ID

• Employee Classification • Manager Name

• FLSA Status • Supervisor ID

• Employee Status • Supervisor Name

• Autolink Employee Status • Reports To Manager ID

• Autolink Clock Number • Reports to Name

• Autolink Data Control • Local National Indicator

• Regular/Temporary • Business Title

• Full/Part Time • Full Name

• Birthdate • Address (Line 1) International

• Age • Address (Line 2) International

• Military Status • Address (Line 3) International

• Disabled Veteran • Address (Line 4) International

• Military Status Vets 4212 • Address (Line 5) International


Query Views 6-47

Human Resource Information

The following fields are available in the Human Resources Information view:

• Disabled Vets 4212 • City International

• Military Discharge Date • State International

• Survey Returned Vets 4212 • Country International

• Disabled • County International

• Hire Date • International Postal/Zip

• Service Date • SSN is Federal EIN

• Civil Service Date • Social Security #

• Empl ID • Cost Number

• Pay Group • Birthdate

• Autolink File Number • Age

• Last Name • Gender

• First Name • Ethnic Group

• Employee Type • Race/Ethnicity

• Employee Classification • Survey Returned

• FLSA Status • Job Code

• Employee Status • Job Title

• Autolink Employee Status • EEO-1 Job Category

• Standard Hours • Manager ID

• Regular/Temporary • Manager Name

• Position Number • Supervisor ID

• Position Description • Supervisor Name

• Salary Administration Plan • Service Date

• Salary Grade • Civil Service Date

• Grade Entry Date • Hire Date

• Step • Rehire Date

• Step Entry Date • Action

• Next Step Date • Reason Code

• Days to Wait • Compensation Frequency

• Control Point • Geographic Differential ID


6-48 Query Views

• Maximum Step • Geographic Differential Descr

• Minimum Pay Rate-Annual • Change Percent

• Midpoint Pay Rate-Annual • Local National Indicator

• Maximum Pay Rate-Annual • Business Title

• Compensation Rate • Compensation Rate Intl

• Compensation Entry Date • USD Equiv Comp Rate

• Annual Rate • Annual Benefits Base Rate Intl

• Monthly Rate • USD Equiv Annl Ben Base Rate

• Hourly Rate • Currency Code

• Compa-Ratio • Full Name

• Years of Service • Reports To Manager ID

• Months of Service (Remainder) • Reports to Name

• Company • Employee OID Flag

• Location Code • SSN is Federal EIN

• Department ID • Social Security #

• Payroll Department Number • Full/Part Time


Query Views 6-49

Performance Reviews

The following fields are available in the Performance Reviews view:

• Empl ID • Autolink Data Control

• Employment Record Number • Manager ID

• Pay Group • Manager Name

• Paygroup Description • Supervisor ID

• Autolink File Number • Supervisor Name

• Last Name • Reports To Manager ID

• First Name • Reports to Name

• Service Date • Position Number

• Civil Service Date • Position Description

• Employee Status • Union Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Union Description

• Years of Service • Union Seniority Date

• Months of Service (Remainder) • Bargaining Unit

• Company • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Company Description • Hire Date

• Location Code • Rehire Date

• Location Description • Job Entry Date

• Department ID • Full/Part Time

• Dept ID Description • Employee Type

• Payroll Department Number • Salary Administration Plan

• Cost Number • Salary Grade

• Birthdate • Compa-Ratio

• Age • Compensation Frequency

• Gender • Compensation Rate

• Ethnic Group • Compensation Entry Date

• Race/Ethnicity • Performance Mgmt Plan Code

• Survey Returned • Performance Plan Description

• Job Code • Next Review Date

• Job Title • Review Date

• Business Title • Rating Number


6-50 Query Views

Performance Plan Assignments

The following fields are available in the Performance Plan Assignments view:

• Autolink Title • Rating 1 Description

• Autolink Clock Number




• Autolink File Number • Supervisor ID

• Last Name • Supervisor Name

• First Name • Reports To Manager ID

• Service Date • Reports to Name

• Civil Service Date • Position Number

• Employee Status • Reporting Location

• Autolink Employee Status • Union Code

• Company • Union Seniority Date

• Location Code • Bargaining Unit

• Department ID • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Payroll Department Number • Hire Date

• Cost Number • Rehire Date

• Job Code • Employee Type

• Job Title • Annual Rate

• Business Title • Hourly Rate

• Autolink Title • Performance Mgmt Plan Code

• Autolink Clock Number • Review Date


Query Views 6-51

Termination Analysis

The following fields are available in the Termination Analysis view:

• Empl ID • Date Last Worked

• Employment Record Number • Eligible for Rehire

• Pay Group • Eligible for Severance

• Autolink File Number • Years of Service

• Last Name • Months of Service (Remainder)

• First Name • Company

• Address (Line 1) • Location Code

• Address (Line 2) • Department ID

• Address (Line 3) • Payroll Department Number

• City • Cost Number

• State • Job Code

• Postal/Zip • Job Title

• Country • Business Title

• Electronic Mail Address • Autolink Title

• Electronic Mail Address 2 • Union Code

• Home Phone # • Union Seniority Date

• Employee Type • Bargaining Unit

• Employee Classification • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• FLSA Status • Autolink Clock Number

• Employee Status • Autolink Data Control

• Autolink Employee Status • Manager ID

• Regular/Temporary • Manager Name

• Birthdate • Supervisor ID

• Ethnic Group • Supervisor Name

• Race/Ethnicity • Local National Indicator

• Survey Returned • Address (Line 1) International

• Gender • Address (Line 2) International

• Age • Address (Line 3) International

• Action • Address (Line 4) International

• Reason Code • Address (Line 5) International


6-52 Query Views

• Hire Date • City International

• Rehire Date • State International

• Service Date • Country International

• Civil Service Date • County International

• Termination Date • International Postal/Zip

• Resignation Notice Date • Social Security #

• Date of Death • SSN is Federal EIN

• Retire Date


Query Views 6-53

International Employee Info

The following fields are available in the International Employee Info view:

• Empl ID • Annual Benefits Base Rate Intl

• Employment Record Number • USD Equiv Annl Ben Base Rate

• Local National Indicator • Currency Code

• Employee Classification • Compensation Rate Intl

• Last Name • USD Equiv Comp Rate

• First Name • Responsible Country 1

• Full Name • Responsible Country 2

• Job Credit Eligible • Intl Service Begin Date

• Business Title • Intl Service End Date

• Department ID • Home Country

• Payroll Department Number • Host Country

• Cost Number • Expatriate Assignment Type

• Job Code • Contract Begin Date

• Job Title • Contract End Date

• Autolink Title • Coverage Effective Date

• Union Code • Coverage Expiration Date

• Union Seniority Date • Repatriation Date

• Bargaining Unit • Bonus Eligible

• Bargaining Unit Seniority Date • Stock Option Eligible

• Autolink Clock Number • Performance Share Eligible

• Autolink Data Control • International Benefit Eligible

• Position Number • National ID

• Company • National Country Code

• Location Code


6-54 Query Views

HR User Defined Fields Info

The following fields are available in the HR User Defined Fields Info view:

• Empl ID • User10

• Employment Record Number • User11

• Local National Indicator • User12

• Employee Classification • User13

• Employee Status • User14

• Last Name • User15

• First Name • User16

• Autolink File Number • User17

• Autolink File Number Status • User18

• Company • User19

• Pay Group • User20

• Location Code • User21

• Department ID • User22

• Job Code • User1 Character

• Job Title • User2 Character

• Business Title • User3 Character

• Autolink Title • User4 Character

• Union Code • User1 Date

• Union Seniority Date • User2 Date

• Bargaining Unit • User3 Date

• Bargaining Unit Seniority Date • User4 Date

• Autolink Clock Number • User5 Date

• Autolink Data Control • User6 Date

• User1 • User7 Date

• User2 • User8 Date

• User3 • User1 Nbr






Query Views 6-55




6-56 Query Views

Performance-Based Pay Activity

The following fields are available in the Performance-Based Pay Activity view:

• Empl ID • Budgeted Increase Amount

• Employment Record Number • Action Date

• Performance Pay Plan ID • Adjusted Compa-Ratio

• End Date • Adjusted Salary

• Merit Record Number • Employee Comp Review Status

• Performance Pay Plan Type • Preferred Name

• Department ID • Worksheet ID

• Manager ID • Adjust to Salary Grade Max

• Manager Department ID • Autolink Employee Status

• Hire Date • Employee Status

• Allow prorate override • Job Code

• Compensation Rate • Job Title

• Compensation Frequency • Ethnic Group

• Current Salary • Race/Ethnicity

• Compensation Type • Survey Returned

• Prorate Percent • Gender

• Compa-Ratio • Local National Indicator

• Salary Grade • Birthdate

• Minimum Pay Rate • First Name

• Midpoint Pay Rate • Last Name

• Maximum Pay Rate • Performance Mgmt Plan Code

• Rating Number • Review Method

• Overall Goal Status • Frequency

• Action • Union Code

• Reason Code • Union Seniority Date

• Range From Percent • Bargaining Unit

• Range To Percent • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Merit Matrix Average • Social Security #

• Prorate Merit Percent • SSN is Federal EIN


Query Views 6-57

Performance-Based Pay Plan Assignment

The following fields are available in the Perf-Based Pay Plan Assignment view:

• Empl ID • Supervisor ID

• Employment Record Number • Supervisor Name

• Pay Group • Reports To Manager ID

• Autolink File Number • Reports to Name

• Last Name • Position Number

• First Name • Salary Administration Plan

• Service Date • Salary Grade

• Civil Service Date • Reporting Location

• Employee Status • Union Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Union Seniority Date

• Company • Bargaining Unit

• Location Code • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Department ID • Hire Date

• Payroll Department Number • Rehire Date

• Cost Number • Employee Type

• Job Code • Annual Rate

• Job Title • Hourly Rate

• Business Title • Performance Pay Plan ID

• Autolink Title • Description

• Autolink Clock Number • Performance Pay Plan Type

• Autolink Data Control • Review Method

• Manager ID • Frequency

• Manager Name • Review Date


6-58 Query Views

Unassigned Performance Pay Plans

The following fields are available in the Unassigned Perf Pay Plans view:









• Employee Status • Salary Administration Plan

• Autolink Employee Status • Salary Grade

• Company • Reporting Location

• Location Code • Union Code

• Department ID • Union Seniority Date

• Payroll Department Number • Bargaining Unit

• Cost Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Job Code • Hire Date

• Job Title • Rehire Date

• Business Title • Employee Type

• Autolink Title • Annual Rate

• Autolink Clock Number • Hourly Rate


Query Views 6-59

Unassigned Performance Review Plans

The following fields are available in the Unassigned Perf Review Plans view:









• Employee Status • Salary Administration Plan

• Autolink Employee Status • Salary Grade

• Company • Reporting Location

• Location Code • Union Code

• Department ID • Union Seniority Date

• Payroll Department Number • Bargaining Unit

• Cost Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Job Code • Hire Date

• Job Title • Rehire Date

• Business Title • Employee Type

• Autolink Title • Annual Rate



6-60 Query Views

Employee Grievances

The following fields are available in the Employee Grievances view:

• Empl ID • Reports to Name

• Employment Record Number • Position Number

• Pay Group • Reporting Location

• Autolink File Number • Union Code

• Last Name • Union Seniority Date

• First Name • Bargaining Unit

• Service Date • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Civil Service Date • Hire Date

• Employee Status • Rehire Date

• Autolink Employee Status • Employee Type

• Company • Grievance ID

• Location Code • Description

• Department ID • Grievance Date

• Payroll Department Number • Time of Incident

• Cost Number • Incident Type ID

• Job Code • Contact Name

• Job Title • Union Contact Name

• Business Title • Bargaining Unit Contact Name

• Autolink Title • Witness ID

• Autolink Clock Number • Name

• Autolink Data Control • Witness2 ID

• Manager ID • EmplName

• Manager Name • Status

• Supervisor ID • Action Review Date

• Supervisor Name • Arbitration Date

• Reports To Manager ID


Query Views 6-61

Employee Disciplinary Actions

The following fields are available in the Employee Disciplinary Actions view:

• Empl ID • Supervisor Name

• Employment Record Number • Reports To Manager ID

• Pay Group • Reports to Name

• Autolink File Number • Position Number

• Last Name • Reporting Location

• First Name • Union Code

• Service Date • Union Seniority Date

• Civil Service Date • Bargaining Unit

• Employee Status • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Autolink Employee Status • Hire Date

• Company • Rehire Date

• Location Code • Employee Type

• Department ID • Discipline Action ID

• Payroll Department Number • Description

• Cost Number • Action Date

• Job Code • Time of Incident

• Job Title • Incident Type ID

• Business Title • Contact Name

• Autolink Title • Witness ID

• Autolink Clock Number • Name

• Autolink Data Control • Witness2 ID

• Manager ID • EmplName

• Manager Name • Status

• Supervisor ID • Action Review Date


6-62 Query Views

Automatic Step Progression Worksheet with Department Security

The following fields are available in the ASP Wksht w/Dept Security view:

• Empl ID • Compensation Entry Date

• Employment Record Number • Next Step

• Last Name • New Compensation Rate

• First Name • Next Step Date

• Proposed Effective Date • Auto Step Progression Status

• Employee Status • Action

• Autolink File Number • Reason Code

• Company • Override Step Value

• Pay Group • Compensation Frequency

• Department ID • Full/Part Time

• Location Code • Regular/Temporary

• Reports To Manager ID • Union Code

• Salary Administration Plan • Bargaining Unit

• Salary Grade • Position Number

• Step • Job Code

• Step Entry Date • Employee Classification

• Compensation Rate • Employee Type


Query Views 6-63

Enterprise Payroll Query Views

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query views for Enterprise Payroll:

• Payroll Summary

• Payroll Registerr

• Overtime Analysis

• Deleted Retro Pay

• Time and Labor Management

– Enterprise eTIME Employee Data

– eTIME Employee Data

– TimeSaver Employee Data

• Paycheck Detail

– Earnings & Hours Details

– Deduction Details

– WGPS Details

– Tax Details


– WGPS Information

– Garnishment Specifications

– Additional Pay

– General Deductions

• Audit History

– Audit History – Pay Calendars

– Audit History – Pay Page Details

– Audit History – Pay Line Details

– Audit History – Pay Earnings

– Audit History – Pay Other Earnings

– Audit History – Pay One-Time Deductions

– Audit History – Pay Garnishment Overrides

– Audit History – Pay Tax Overrides


6-64 Query Views

• Year End

– Year End – Employee W-2 Information

– Year End – Employee 1099 Informationn


The Employment Record Number field is available in the Enterprise Payroll Query views

when the Multiple Concurrent Jobs check box is selected on the Basic Options panel (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup ~ Installation).

Payroll Summary

The following fields are available in the Payroll Summary view:

Payroll Register

The following fields are available in the Payroll Register view:

Overtime Analysis

The following fields are available in the Overtime Analysis view:

• Empl ID • Total Deductions

• Employment Record Number • Net Pay

• Name • Company

• Pay Period End Date • Location Code

• Paycheck Issue Date • Department ID

• Total Gross • Pay Group

• Total Taxes

• Empl ID • Net Pay

• Employment Record Number • Company

• Name • Location Code

• Pay Period End Date • Department ID

• Paycheck Issue Date • Pay Group

• Paycheck Number

• Empl ID • Age

• Employment Record Number • Gender

• Last Name • Ethnic Group


Query Views 6-65

Deleted Retro Pay

The following fields are available in the Deleted Retro Pay view:

• First Name • Race/Ethnicity

• Overtime Hours • Survey Returned

• Pay Period End Date • Job Code

• FLSA Status • Job Title

• Shift • Manager ID

• Company • Manager Name

• Location Code • Supervisor ID

• Department ID • Supervisor Name

• Empl ID • Effective Date Sequence #

• Employment Record Number • Company

• Last Name • Pay Group

• First Name • Retro Pay Start Date

• Employee Status • Hourly Rate

• Location Code • New Hire

• Department ID • Pay Period End Date

• Effective Date


6-66 Query Views

Enterprise eTIME Employee Data

The following fields are available in the Enterprise eTIME Employee Data view:

• Empl ID • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Employment Record Number • Hire Date

• Pay Group • Time Clock Badge ID

• Autolink File Number • Badge Effdt

• Last Name • TLM Effective Date

• First Name • User Field 1

• Autolink Data Control • User Field 2

• Autolink Clock Number • User Field 3

• Employee Status • User Field 4

• Autolink Employee Status • User Field 5

• Company • Group Schedule

• Location Code • Group Schedule Effdt

• Department ID • Person Type

• Payroll Department Number • Time Entry Method

• Cost Number • Pay Rule

• Job Code • Accrual Profile

• Job Title • Terminal Group

• Business Title • Time Zone

• Autolink Title • Wage Profile

• Union Code • Labor Level Number

• Union Seniority Date • Labor Level Override Value

• Bargaining Unit


Query Views 6-67

eTIME Employee Data

The following fields are available in the eTIME Employee Data view:

• Empl ID • Job Title

• Employment Record Number • Business Title

• Pay Group • Autolink Title




• Autolink Data Control • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Autolink Clock Number • Hire Date

• Employee Status • Time Clock Badge ID


• Company • User Field 2

• Location Code • eTime Clock ID

• Department ID • eTime Class Name

• Payroll Department Number • eTime Restriction Name

• Cost Number • Labor Account

• Job Code


6-68 Query Views

TimeSaver Employee Data

The following fields are available in the TimeSaver Employee Data view:




• Autolink File Number • User Field 1

• Last Name • User Field 2




• Employee Status • Site Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Employment Status Code

• Company • Benefit Plan Code

• Location Code • Benefit Effdt

• Department ID • Sunday

• Payroll Department Number • Monday

• Cost Number • Tuesday

• Job Code • Wednesday

• Job Title • Thursday

• Business Title • Friday

• Autolink Title • Saturday

• Union Code • Probation

• Union Seniority Date • Shift Premium

• Bargaining Unit • Tipped


Query Views 6-69

Earnings & Hours Details

The following fields are available in the Earnings & Hours Details view:

Deduction Details

The following fields are available in the Deduction Details view:

• Empl ID • Other Hours

• Employment Record Number • Regular Hours Earnings Type

• Last Name • O/T Hours Earnings Type

• First Name • Regular Hours Input

• Employee Status • Regular Hours

• Company • Overtime Hours

• Location Code • Regular Hourly Earnings

• Department ID • Overtime Hourly Earnings

• Pay Group • Regular Earns Earnings Type

• Earnings Type • Regular Salaried Earnings

• Pay Period End Date • Regular Earnings

• Other Pay • Regular Earnings Hours

• Empl ID • Pay Period End Date

• Employment Record Number • Plan Type

• Last Name • Benefit Plan

• First Name • Deduction Code

• Employee Status • Deduction Classification

• Company • Current Deduction

• Location Code • Current Deduction Payback

• Department ID • Current Deduction Refund

• Pay Group • Deduction Not Taken


6-70 Query Views

WGPS Details

The following fields are available in the WGPS Details view:

• Empl ID • Garnish Law State

• Employment Record Number • Garnish Rule ID

• Last Name • Garnish Exempt Calc Routine

• First Name • Garn Disposable Earnings Amt

• Employee Status • Garnish Exempt Amount

• Company • Garn Deduction Other Grn Amt

• Location Code • Garn Deduction Maximum Amount

• Department ID • Garn Deduction Limited Amount

• Pay Group • Garn Deduction Limited Type

• Pay Period End Date • Adjusted Due To Included Fee

• Off Cycle • Deducted Amount

• Page # • Deducted Garnishment Amount

• Line # • Deducted Company Fee

• Separate Check # • Deducted Payee Fee

• Garnish Priority • WGPS File Sequence Number

• Garnish ID • Requested Garn Payment Amount


Query Views 6-71

Tax Details

The following fields are available in the Tax Details view:

WGPS Information

The following fields are available in the WGPS Information view:

• Empl ID • Separate Check #

• Employment Record Number • State

• Last Name • Locality

• First Name • Tax Balance Class

• Employee Status • Resident

• Company • Current No Limit Gross

• Location Code • Current Taxable Gross

• Department ID • Current Tax

• Pay Group • Tax Gross Aggregate

• Pay Period End Date • Tax Aggregate

• Off Cycle • Tax Not Taken

• Page # • Third Party Sick Pay

• Line #

• Empl ID • Payroll WGPS Sched Type

• Employment Record Number • Payroll WGPS Sched Adjustment

• Last Name • Payroll WGPS Sched Adj Amt

• First Name • WGPS Obligee Name

• Company • WGPS Obligee SSN

• Garnish ID • FIPS Code

• Garnish Status • Disburse by WGPS

• Payroll WGPS Lien Number • WGPS Dependent Benefits Avail.

• WGPS Pay To • WGPS File Sequence Number

• Lien Priority Type


6-72 Query Views

Garnishment Specifications

The following fields are available in the Garnishment Specifications view:

• Empl ID • Garnish Limit Amount

• Employment Record Number • Garnish Limit Balance

• Last Name • Start Date

• First Name • Stop Date

• Company • Garnish Payment Mode

• Garnish ID • Garnish Deduction Schedule

• Garnish Status • Garnish Deduction Calc Routine

• Garnish Type • Garnish Deduct DE Percent

• Court Name Issuing Order • Garnish Flat Deduction Amount

• Court Document ID • Garnish Variable Frequency

• Accounts Payable Vendor ID • Company's Voucher Fee Percent

• Payee Code • Company's Voucher Fee Amount

• Contact Name • Payee's Voucher Fee Percent

• Telephone • Payee's Voucher Fee Amount

• Garnish Priority • Mandatory Support Order


Query Views 6-73

Additional Pay

The following fields are available in the Additional Pay view:

General Deductions

The following fields are available in the General Deductions view:

• Empl ID • Goal Amount

• Employment Record Number • Current Goal Balance

• Last Name • Earnings End Date

• First Name • Reason for Additional Pay

• Employee Status • Other Hours

• Company • Other Pay

• Location Code • Job Code

• Department ID • Position Number

• Pay Group • Account/Fund

• Earnings Type • Additional Pay Sequence Number

• Effective Date

• Empl ID • Deduction Code

• Employment Record Number • Effective Date

• Last Name • Deduction End Date

• First Name • Deduction Flat/Addl Amount

• Employee Status • Deduction Rate/Percent

• Company • Goal Amount

• Location Code • Current Goal Balance

• Department ID • Goal Limit Number

• Pay Group


6-74 Query Views

Audit History – Pay Calendars

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Calendars view:

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • GL Interface Run

• Date and Time Stamp • Single Chk for Multiple Jobs

• Action • Tax File Built

• Audit Origin • Tax File Transmitted

• Company • UCM File Built

• Pay Group • Week1 Ending Date

• Pay Period End Date • Week2 Begin Date

• Pay Run ID • Week1 Number

• Pay Period Begin Date • Week2 Number

• Paycheck Issue Date • Payroll WGPS File Built

• Weeks in this Period • Scheduled Run Date

• Calendar Year • Pay Precalc Scheduled Date

• Quarter • Pay Calc Scheduled Date

• Month • Pay Confirm Scheduled Date

• Pay Period • Pay Checks Scheduled Date

• Pay Periods Per Year • Scheduled Run Date

• Accrual Percent • Tax File Built Scheduled Date

• Reverse Accruals • Tax File Xmit Scheduled Date

• Paysheets Run • UCM File Built Scheduled Date

• Payroll Preliminary Calc Run • WGPS File Built Scheduled Date

• Payroll Calculation Run • ADP Check

• Payroll Confirmation Started • Payroll Confirm Run Date

• Payroll Confirmation Run • FLSA Work Period Begin Date

• Paychecks Run • FLSA Workl Period End Date

• Off-Cycle Calcs Outstanding • Compute FLSA

• Off-Cycle Closed • Unscheduled Payroll


Query Views 6-75

Audit History – Pay Page Details

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Page Details view:

Audit History – Pay Line Details

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Line Details view:

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Page Balance - Lines OK to Pay

• Date and Time Stamp • Page Balance - Regular Hours

• Action • Page Balance - OT/Hours

• Audit Origin • Page Balance - Other Hours

• Company • Page Balance - Regular Earns

• Pay Group • Page Balance - Other Earnings

• Pay Period End Date • Page Balance - Regular Rate

• Off Cycle • How is Single Check Used

• Page # • Third Party Sick Pay

• Confirmed • Tax Filing File Sequence

• Page Balance - Lines

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Partial Pay Period

• Date and Time Stamp • Confirmed

• Action • Employee Type

• Audit Origin • Location Code

• Company • Department ID

• Pay Group • Benefit Program

• Pay Period End Date • Manual Check

• Off Cycle • Form Identification

• Page # • Paycheck Number

• Line # • Paycheck Issue Date

• Empl ID • Total Gross

• Employment Record Number • Net Pay

• Benefit Record Number • Paycheck Adjustment Entry

• Name • How is Single Check Used

• Job Pay Data Change • Third Party Sick Pay


6-76 Query Views

Audit History – Pay Earnings

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Earnings view:

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Regular Hours Input

• Date and Time Stamp • Regular Hours

• Action • Overtime Hours

• Audit Origin • Regular Hourly Earnings

• Company • Overtime Hourly Earnings

• Pay Group • Regular Earns Earnings Type

• Pay Period End Date • Regular Salaried Earnings

• Off Cycle • Regular Earnings

• Page # • Regular Earnings Hours

• Line # • Deductions Taken

• Additional Pay Line # • State

• Separate Check # • Locality

• Empl ID • Pay Frequency

• Employment Record Number • Tax Periods

• Benefit Record Number • Tax Method

• Earnings End Date • Additional Taxes

• Earnings Begin Date • Week Number

• Reason for Additional Pay • FLSA Multiple Employee

• Disable Direct Deposit • FLSA Average Rate

• Gross-Up • Fixed Hours

• Payline Calculation Status • Partial Retro Pay Period

• OK to Pay • Retro Pay Indicator

• Job Pay • Position Statistics Status

• How is Single Check Used • Deduction Subset Code

• Account/Fund • Process Arrears

• General Ledger Pay Type • Update Origin

• Department ID • Additive Rate

• Job Code • Additive Percentage

• Position Number • Shift Rate

• Shift • Shift Percentage


Query Views 6-77

Audit History – Pay Other Earnings

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Other Earnings view:

• Shift Differential Rate • Overtime Additive Rate

• Hourly Rate • Overtime Additive Percentage

• Regular Hours Earnings Type • Original Pay Period End Date

• O/T Hours Earnings Type

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Other Earnings

• Date and Time Stamp • Add to Gross Pay

• Action • Tax Method

• Audit Origin • Additional Pay Sequence Number

• Company • Holiday

• Pay Group • Original Earnings Code

• Pay Period End Date • Original Hours

• Off Cycle • Original Rate

• Page # • Update Origin

• Line # • Additive Rate

• Additional Pay Line # • Additive Percent

• Earnings Type • Shift Rate

• Separate Check # • Shift Percentage

• Job Pay • Earnings Code-Based Rate

• Other Hours • Earnings Code-Based Percentage

• Other Pay


6-78 Query Views

Audit History – Pay One-Time Deductions

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay One-Time Deductions view:

Audit History – Pay Garnishment Overrides

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Garnishment Overrides view:

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Additional Pay Line #

• Date and Time Stamp • Separate Check #

• Action • Plan Type

• Audit Origin • Benefit Plan

• Company • Deduction Code

• Pay Group • Deduction Classification

• Pay Period End Date • PaySheet One-Time Code

• Off Cycle • Deduction Calculation Routine

• Page # • Deduction Flat/Addl Amount

• Line # • Deduction Rate/Percent

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Separate Check #

• Date and Time Stamp • Garnish ID

• Action • Garnish Override One Time Code

• Audit Origin • Garnish Priority

• Company • Garnish Deduction Calc Routine

• Pay Group • Garnish Deduct DE Percent

• Pay Period End Date • Garnish Flat Deduction Amount

• Off Cycle • Company’s Voucher Fee Percent

• Page # • Company’s Voucher Fee Amount

• Line # • Payee’s Voucher Fee Percent

• Additional Pay Line # • Payee’s Voucher Fee Amount


Query Views 6-79

Audit History – Pay Tax Overrides

The following fields are available in the Audit History – Pay Tax Overrides view:

Year End – Employee W-2 Information

The following fields are available in the Year End – Employee W-2 Information view:

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Line #

• Date and Time Stamp • Additional Pay Line #

• Action • Separate Check #

• Audit Origin • State

• Company • Locality

• Pay Group • Tax Balance Class

• Pay Period End Date • PaySheet One-Time Code

• Off Cycle • One-Time Tax Amount

• Page #

• Empl ID • W-2 Name

• Calendar Year • Social Security #

• Company • Address (Line 1)

• Tax Form Identification • Address (Line 2)

• Datetime Printed • Address (Line 3)

• Datetime Media Created • City

• Sequence Number • State of Residence

• Box • Postal/Zip

• State • Country

• Locality • Statutory Employee

• Amount • Pension Plan

• Process Flag • Third Party Sick Pay


6-80 Query Views

Year End – Employee 1099 Information

The following fields are available in the Year End – Employee 1099 Information view:

• Empl ID • Social Security #

• Calendar Year • Address (Line 1)

• Company • Address (Line 2)

• Tax Form Identification • Address (Line 3)

• Taxform Sequence Number • City

• Box • State of Residence

• State • Postal/Zip

• Locality • Country

• Dollar Amount • 1099-R Distribution Code 1

• Percent • 1099-R Distribution Code 2

• Datetime Printed • Taxable Amount Unknown 1099-R

• Datetime Media Created • Total Distribution 1099-R Ind

• Void Indicator • IRA/SEP/Simple 1099-R Ind

• Name


Query Views 6-81

Autolink Payroll Query Views

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query views for Autolink Payroll:

• Time and Labor Management

– Enterprise eTIME Employee Data

– eTIME Employee Data

– TimeSaver Employee Data

• Paydata

– Hours & Earnings Input

– Deduction Input

– Memo Input

– Paid Time Off Balance Input

– HSA Adjustment Input

– Retro Pay Earnings Results

– Retro Pay Earnings (History)

• Autolink Pay Data Audit

– Pay Data Trans Input Audit

– Hours & Earnings Input Audit

– Deduction Input Audit

– Memo Input Audit

– Tax Input Audit

• Check Details

– Check Hours/Earnings

– Check Deductions

– Check Memos

– Check Overtime Analysis

• Year-to-date Balances

– Year-to-Date Goals

– Year-to-Date Accumulators

– Year-to-Date Deductions in Arrears Information


6-82 Query Views


– Action Flags

– Additional Payroll Information

– General Deductions – Autolink

– Lien Information

– Paid Time Off Activity

– Health Savings Accounts

– Federal Tax Information

– State/Local Tax Information


The payroll queries also include terminated employees. If you want only active employees in

your query output, you can add a filer to prevent terminated employees from displaying. For more information on filtering your queries, see “Filtering Your Output Information” on page 6-26.

The Employment Record Number field is available in the Autolink Query views when the Multiple Concurrent Jobs check box is selected on the Basic Options panel (System Admin ~ Human Resources Setup (Required) ~ Human Resources Setup ~ Installation).


Query Views 6-83

Enterprise eTIME Employee Data

The following fields are available in the Enterprise eTIME Employee Data view:




• Autolink File Number • Badge Effdt

• Last Name • TLM Effective Date




• Employee Status • User Field 4


• Company • Group Schedule

• Location Code • Group Schedule Effdt

• Department ID • Person Type

• Payroll Department Number • Time Entry Method

• Cost Number • Pay Rule

• Job Code • Accrual Profile

• Job Title • Terminal Group

• Business Title • Time Zone

• Autolink Title • Wage Profile

• Union Code • Labor Level Number

• Union Seniority Date • Labor Level Override Value

• Bargaining Unit


6-84 Query Views

eTIME Employee Data

The following fields are available in the eTIME Employee Data view:








• Autolink Clock Number • Hire Date

• Employee Status • Time Clock Badge ID


• Company • User Field 2

• Location Code • eTime Clock ID

• Department ID • eTime Class Name

• Payroll Department Number • eTime Restriction Name

• Cost Number • Labor Account

• Job Code


Query Views 6-85

TimeSaver Employee Data

The following fields are available in the TimeSaver Employee Data view:




• Autolink File Number • User Field 1

• Last Name • User Field 2




• Employee Status • Site Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Employment Status Code

• Company • Benefit Plan Code

• Location Code • Benefit Effdt

• Department ID • Sunday

• Payroll Department Number • Monday

• Cost Number • Tuesday

• Job Code • Wednesday

• Job Title • Thursday

• Business Title • Friday

• Autolink Title • Saturday

• Union Code • Probation

• Union Seniority Date • Shift Premium

• Bargaining Unit • Tipped


6-86 Query Views

Hours & Earnings Input

The following fields are available in the Hours & Earnings Input view:

• Empl ID • Rate Code

• Employment Record Number • Temporary Rate

• Pay Group • Forecasted Deduction Weeks

• Autolink File Number • AL WGPS Funds Disbursement

• Last Name • Check Printed

• First Name • Cancel Automatic Pay

• Autolink Data Control • Send Zero Temp Rate

• Autolink Clock Number • Row Number

• Employee Type • Earnings Type

• Autolink Employee Status • Hours

• Batch ID • Earnings

• Restrict Batch Access • Hourly Rate

• RPDE View Name • Department ID

• Include Batch in Current Cycle • Payroll Department Number

• Pay Number • Cost Number

• Entry Number • Business Title

• Autolink Transaction Type • Autolink Title

• Shift • Union Code

• Temporary Department • Union Seniority Date

• Temporary Cost Number • Bargaining Unit

• Check Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Autolink Net Pay • Automatic Allocation Number

• Special Action • Block Deferred Compensation

• Payroll Job Number • Block Direct Deposit


Query Views 6-87

Deduction Input

The following fields are available in the Deduction Input view:

• Empl ID • Cancel all DIA

• Employment Record Number • Plan Type

• Pay Group • Deduction Code

• Autolink File Number • Deduction Classification

• Last Name • Cancel DIA by Deduction Code

• First Name • Deduction Operator (User)

• Autolink Data Control • Amount Field for Autolink

• Autolink Clock Number • Autolink Deduction Code

• Employee Type • Department ID

• Autolink Employee Status • Payroll Department Number

• Batch ID • Cost Number

• Restrict Batch Access • Business Title

• RPDE View Name • Autolink Title

• Include Batch in Current Cycle • Union Code

• Pay Number • Union Seniority Date

• Entry Number • Bargaining Unit

• Row Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Autolink Transaction Type


6-88 Query Views

Memo Input

The following fields are available in the Memo Input view:

Paid Time Off Balance Input

The following fields are available in the Paid Time Off Balance Input view:

• Empl ID • Entry Number

• Employment Record Number • Row Number

• Pay Group • Autolink Transaction Type

• Autolink File Number • Memo Code

• Last Name • Amount Field for Autolink

• First Name • Autolink Advanced Pay Date

• Autolink Data Control • Department ID

• Autolink Clock Number • Payroll Department Number

• Employee Type • Cost Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Business Title

• Batch ID • Autolink Title

• Restrict Batch Access • Union Code

• RPDE View Name • Union Seniority Date

• Include Batch in Current Cycle • Bargaining Unit

• Pay Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Empl ID • Controlled Hours Action

• Employment Record Number • Controlled Hours Amount

• Pay Group • Benefit Accrual Reset Year

• Autolink File Number • Department ID

• Last Name • Payroll Department Number

• First Name • Cost Number

• Autolink Data Control • Business Title

• Autolink Clock Number • Autolink Title

• Employee Type • Union Code


• Controlled Hours Number • Bargaining Unit

• Description • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-89

HSA Adjustment Input

The following fields are available in the Health Services Account Adjustment Input view:

• Empl ID • Employee Onetime Amount

• Employment Record Number • Block Employer Contribution

• Pay Group • Employer Onetime Amount






• Employee Type • Union Code


• HSA Plan Code • Bargaining Unit

• Description • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Employee Override Amount


6-90 Query Views

Retro Pay Earnings Results

The following fields are available in the Retro Pay Earnings Results view:

• Empl ID • Check Sequence Number

• Employment Record Number • Distribution Sequence Number

• Pay Group • Job Analysis Indicator

• Autolink File Number • Entry Number

• Last Name • Compensation Rate

• First Name • Salary Overtime Rate

• Autolink Data Control • Special Pay Code

• Autolink Clock Number • Net to Gross Calculation

• Employee Type • Do Not Extend Indicator

• Autolink Employee Status • Autolink Bonus Code

• Pay Group/Group Name • Check Number

• Batch ID • Voucher Number

• Retro Effective Date • Cash Envelope Number

• Autolink Rate Type • Regular Rate of Pay Indicator

• Retro End Date • Autolink Tax Frequency

• Request ID • Paycheck Tax Frequency

• Retro Calc Status • FLSA Overtime

• Retro Employee Status • Special Processing Code

• Retro Paid Date • Workweek

• Job Effective Date • FLSA Tip Credit Amount

• Job Effective Sequence • Temporary Department

• Action • Temporary Cost Number

• Reason Code • Payroll Job Number

• Action Date • Department Distributions

• Reports To Manager ID • Job Cost Distribution Number

• Autolink Total Gross • Cost Number Distributions

• Total Hours • Row Number

• Compensation Entry Date • Earnings Type

• Payroll Sequence Number • Straight Time Flag

• Autolink Payroll Run Year • Hours


Query Views 6-91

• Autolink Quarter Number • Earnings

• Week Number • Department ID

• Autolink Payroll Number • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Pay Date 1 • Cost Number

• Autolink Pay Date 2 • Job Code

• Autolink End Date 1 • Job Title

• Autolink End Date 2 • Business Title

• Autolink Special Effect Codes • Union Code

• Labor Distribution • Union Seniority Date

• Job Cost • Bargaining Unit

• Result Type • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


6-92 Query Views

Retro Pay Earnings (History)

The following fields are available in the Retro Pay Earnings (History) view:

• Empl ID • Job Cost

• Employment Record Number • Result Type

• Pay Group • Check Sequence Number

• Autolink File Number • Distribution Sequence Number

• Last Name • Job Analysis Indicator

• First Name • Entry Number

• Autolink Data Control • Compensation Rate

• Autolink Clock Number • Salary Overtime Rate

• Employee Type • Special Pay Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Net to Gross Calculation

• Pay Group/Group Name • Do Not Extend Indicator

• Batch ID • Autolink Bonus Code

• Retro Effective Date • Check Number

• Autolink Rate Type • Voucher Number

• Rate Sequence • Cash Envelope Number

• Rate Code • Regular Rate of Pay Indicator

• Process Effective Date • Autolink Tax Frequency

• Retro End Date • Paycheck Tax Frequency

• Request ID • FLSA Overtime

• Retro Calc Status • Special Processing Code

• Retro Employee Status • Workweek

• Retro Paid Date • FLSA Tip Credit Amount

• Job Effective Date • Temporary Department

• Job Effective Sequence • Temporary Cost Number

• Action • Payroll Job Number

• Reason Code • Department Distributions

• Action Date • Job Cost Distribution Number

• Reports To Manager ID • Cost Number Distributions

• Autolink Total Gross • Row Number

• Total Hours • Earnings Type


Query Views 6-93

• Compensation Entry Date • Straight Time Flag

• Old Effective Date • Hours

• New Effective Date • Earnings

• Payroll Sequence Number • Department ID

• Autolink Payroll Run Year • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Quarter Number • Cost Number

• Week Number • Job Code

• Autolink Payroll Number • Job Title

• Autolink Pay Date 1 • Business Title

• Autolink Pay Date 2 • Union Code

• Autolink End Date 1 • Union Seniority Date

• Autolink End Date 2 • Bargaining Unit

• Autolink Special Effect Codes • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Labor Distribution


6-94 Query Views

Pay Data Trans Input Audit

The following fields are available in the Pay Data Trans Input Audit view:

• Empl ID • Special Action

• Employment Record Number • Payroll Job Number

• Pay Group • Rate Code

• Autolink File Number • Temporary Rate

• Last Name • Forecasted Deduction Weeks

• First Name • AL WGPS Funds Disbursement

• Autolink Data Control • Check Printed

• Autolink Clock Number • Cancel Automatic Pay

• Employee Type • Send Zero Temp Rate

• Autolink Employee Status • Workweek

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Special Processing Code

• Date and Time Stamp • Temporary Cost Number

• Date Stamp Only • Automatic Allocation Number

• Time Stamp Only • Department ID

• Action • Payroll Department Number

• Audit Origin • Cost Number

• Batch ID • Business Title

• Pay Number • Autolink Title

• Entry Number • Union Code

• Autolink Transaction Type • Union Seniority Date

• Shift • Bargaining Unit

• Temporary Department • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Check Number • Block Deferred Compensation

• Autolink Net Pay • Block Direct Deposit


Query Views 6-95

Hours & Earnings Input Audit

The following fields are available in the Hours & Earnings Input Audit view:

• Empl ID • Pay Number

• Employment Record Number • Entry Number


• Autolink File Number • Row Number

• Last Name • Earnings Type

• First Name • Hours

• Autolink Data Control • Earnings




• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Cost Number

• Date and Time Stamp • Business Title

• Date Stamp Only • Autolink Title

• Time Stamp Only • Union Code

• Action • Union Seniority Date

• Audit Origin • Bargaining Unit

• Batch ID • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


6-96 Query Views

Deduction Input Audit

The following fields are available in the Deduction Input Audit view:

• Empl ID • Entry Number

• Employment Record Number • Autolink Transaction Type

• Pay Group • Row Number

• Autolink File Number • Plan Type

• Last Name • Deduction Code

• First Name • Deduction Classification

• Autolink Data Control • Deduction Operator (User)

• Autolink Clock Number • Amount Field for Autolink

• Employee Type • Autolink Deduction Code

• Autolink Employee Status • Department ID

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Payroll Department Number

• Date and Time Stamp • Cost Number

• Date Stamp Only • Business Title

• Time Stamp Only • Autolink Title

• Action • Union Code

• Audit Origin • Union Seniority Date

• Batch ID • Bargaining Unit

• Pay Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-97

Memo Input Audit

The following fields are available in the Memo Input Audit view:

Tax Input Audit

The following fields are available in the Tax Input Audit view:

• Empl ID • Pay Number

• Employment Record Number • Entry Number



• Last Name • Memo Code

• First Name • Amount Field for Autolink

• Autolink Data Control • Autolink Advanced Pay Date

• Autolink Clock Number • Department ID

• Employee Type • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Cost Number

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Business Title

• Date and Time Stamp • Autolink Title

• Date Stamp Only • Union Code

• Time Stamp Only • Union Seniority Date

• Action • Bargaining Unit

• Audit Origin • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Batch ID

• Empl ID • Social Security Amount

• Employment Record Number • Medicare Tax Operator (User)

• Pay Group • Medicare Amount

• Autolink File Number • State Tax Code

• Last Name • State2 Tax Code

• First Name • Local Tax Code

• Autolink Data Control • Local2 Tax Code

• Autolink Clock Number • Autolink State Reciprocity

• Employee Type • Autolink Local Reciprocity

• Autolink Employee Status • Autolink Adjustment Date


6-98 Query Views

• Operator ID (Profile ID) • Autolink Adjustment Seq No

• Date and Time Stamp • Autolink SUI Code

• Date Stamp Only • Autolink School District Tax

• Time Stamp Only • Temporary Federal Tax Block

• Action • Temporary SS Tax Block

• Audit Origin • Temporary Med Tax Block

• Batch ID • Temporary FUTA Tax Block

• Pay Number • Temporary State 1 Tax Block

• Entry Number • Temporary Local 1 Tax Block

• Autolink Transaction Type • Temporary State 2 Tax Block

• Autolink Tax Frequency • Temporary Local 2 Tax Block

• Federal Tax Operator (User) • Temporary SUI/SDI Tax Block

• Federal Tax Amount • Temporary OR Workers Comp Blk

• State Tax Operator (User) • School District Tax Operator (User)

• State Tax Amount • Paycheck Tax Frequency

• State2 Tax Operator (User) • Department ID

• State2 Tax Amount • Payroll Department Number

• Local Tax Operator (User) • Cost Number

• Local Tax Amount • Business Title

• Local2 Tax Operator (User) • Autolink Title

• Local2 Tax Amount • Union Code

• SUI/SDI Operator (User) • Union Seniority Date

• SUI/SDI Amount • Bargaining Unit

• Social Security Operator (User) • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-99

Check Hours/Earnings

The following fields are available in the Check Hours/Earnings view:

• Empl ID • Autolink Payroll Number

• Employment Record Number • Check Number

• Pay Group • Entry Number


• Last Name • Earnings Type

• First Name • Hours

• Autolink Data Control • Earnings

• Autolink Clock Number • Location Code

• Employee Status • Department ID


• Employee Classification • Temporary Department

• Employee Type • Cost Number

• Regular/Temporary • Temporary Cost Number

• Paycheck Issue Date • Job Code

• Week Number • Job Title


6-100 Query Views

Check Deductions

The following fields are available in the Check Deductions view:

• Empl ID • Autolink Payroll Number

• Employment Record Number • Check Number

• Pay Group • Entry Number


• Last Name • Deduction Code

• First Name • Amount Field for Autolink

• Autolink Data Control • Location Code


• Employee Status • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Temporary Department

• Employee Classification • Cost Number

• Employee Type • Temporary Cost Number

• Regular/Temporary • Job Code

• Paycheck Issue Date • Job Title

• Week Number


Query Views 6-101

Check Memos

The following fields are available in the Check Memos view:

• Empl ID • Row Number

• Employment Record Number • Memo Code

• Pay Group • Amount Field for Autolink

• Autolink File Number • Location Code

• Last Name • Department ID

• First Name • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Data Control • Temporary Department

• Autolink Clock Number • Cost Number

• Employee Status • Temporary Cost Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Job Code

• Employee Classification • Job Title

• Employee Type • Business Title

• Regular/Temporary • Autolink Title

• Paycheck Issue Date • Union Code

• Week Number • Union Seniority Date

• Autolink Payroll Number • Bargaining Unit

• Check Number • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Entry Number


6-102 Query Views

Check Overtime Analysis

The following fields are available in the Check Overtime Analysis view:

• Empl ID • Payroll Department Number

• Employment Record Number • Temporary Department

• Pay Group • Cost Number

• Autolink File Number • Temporary Cost Number

• Last Name • Age

• First Name • Gender

• Autolink Data Control • Ethnic Group

• Autolink Clock Number • Race/Ethnicity

• Employee Status • Survey Returned


• Paycheck Issue Date • Job Title

• Week Number • Business Title

• Autolink Payroll Number • Autolink Title

• Check Number • Union Code

• Entry Number • Union Seniority Date

• Row Number • Bargaining Unit

• Earnings Type • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Hours • Manager ID

• Earnings • Manager Name

• Shift • Supervisor ID

• Location Code • Supervisor Name

• Department ID


Query Views 6-103

Year-to-Date Goals

The following fields are available in the Year-to-date Goals view:

Year-to-Date Accumulators

The following fields are available in the Year-to-date Accumulators view:

• Empl ID • Goal Limit Number

• Employment Record Number • Goal Amount

• Pay Group • Autolink Goal Amount-to-date

• Autolink File Number • Week Number

• Last Name • Goal Start Date

• First Name • Company

• Autolink Data Control • Location Code




• Process Effective Date • Job Code

• Empl ID • Process Effective Date

• Employment Record Number • Autolink Accumulator Number

• Pay Group • Description

• Autolink File Number • Autolink Accumulator Amount

• Last Name • Week Number

• First Name • Location Code

• Autolink Data Control • Department ID

• Autolink Clock Number • Payroll Department Number

• Employee Status • Cost Number



6-104 Query Views

Year-to-Date Deductions in Arrears Information

The following fields are available in the Year-to-date Deductions in Arrears Information view:

Action Flags

The following fields are available in the Action Flags view:

• Empl ID • Description

• Employment Record Number • Year-to-Date DIA Amount

• Pay Group • Week Number

• Autolink File Number • Location Code

• Last Name • Department ID

• First Name • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink Data Control • Cost Number

• Autolink Clock Number • Job Code

• Employee Status • Business Title

• Autolink Employee Status • Autolink Title

• Process Effective Date • Union Code

• Autolink Deduction Code

• Empl ID • Year

• Employment Record Number • Week Number

• Pay Group • Location Code




• Autolink Data Control • Job Code

• Autolink Clock Number • Job Title

• Employee Status • Business Title

• Autolink Employee Status • Autolink Title

• Action Flag Code • Union Code

• Action Flag Method • Union Seniority Date

• Weeks Required • Bargaining Unit

• Weeks Adjusted • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-105

Additional Payroll Information

The following fields are available in the Additional Payroll Information view:

• Empl ID • Flag 1

• Employment Record Number • Flag 2

• Pay Group • Flag 3

• Autolink File Number • Flag 4

• Last Name • Flag 5

• First Name • Flag 6

• Autolink Data Control • Flag 7

• Autolink Clock Number • Company

• Standard Hours • Location Code

• Autolink Standard Hours • Department ID

• Autolink Source File Number • Autolink Pay Group 2



• Autolink File Number Status • Job Code

• Custom Area 1 • Payroll Job Number

• Custom Area 2 • Business Title

• Custom Area 3 • Autolink Title

• Custom Area 4 • Union Code

• Date A • Union Seniority Date

• Date B • Bargaining Unit

• Date C • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Date D


6-106 Query Views

General Deductions – Autolink

The following fields are available in the General Deductions – Autolink view:

• Empl ID • Department ID

• Employment Record Number • Payroll Department Number

• Pay Group • Cost Number

• Autolink File Number • Job Code

• Last Name • Job Title

• First Name • Business Title

• Autolink Data Control • Autolink Title

• Autolink Clock Number • Union Code

• Employee Status • Union Seniority Date

• Autolink Employee Status • Bargaining Unit

• Deduction Code • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Deduction Flat/Addl Amount • Current Effective Date

• Deduction Rate/Percent • Deduction End Date

• Location Code


Query Views 6-107

Lien Information

The following fields are available in the Lien Information view:

• Empl ID • Lien Percent

• Employment Record Number • State

• Pay Group • Goal Limit Number

• Autolink File Number • Goal Amount

• Last Name • Autolink Payment Schedule Type

• First Name • Autolink Payment Schedule Adj

• Autolink Data Control • Autolink Payment Schedule Amt

• Autolink Clock Number • Goal Start Date


• Lien Number • Payroll Department Number

• Effective Date • Cost Number

• Lien Type • Location Code

• Lien Sub Type • Job Title

• Lien Status • Business Title

• Plan Type • Autolink Title

• Deduction Code • Union Code

• Deduction Classification • Union Seniority Date

• Lien Case Identification Nbr • Bargaining Unit

• Start Date • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• End Date • Autolink Employee Status

• State Service Charge • Employee Status

• Lien Dollar Amount


6-108 Query Views

Paid Time Off Activity

The following fields are available in the Paid Time Off Activity view:

• Empl ID • Location Code

• Employment Record Number • Department ID

• Pay Group • Payroll Department Number

• Autolink File Number • Cost Number

• Last Name • Job Code

• First Name • Job Title



• Process Effective Date • Union Code

• Controlled Hours Number • Union Seniority Date

• Autolink Control Hours Allowed • Bargaining Unit

• Autolink Control Hours Taken • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Week Number • Benefit Accrual Reset Year

• Hire Date • Cycle Amount

• Service Date • Annum Amount

• Civil Service Date • Benefit Accrual Indicator

• Years of Service • Autolink Employee Status

• Months of Service (Remainder) • Employee Status


Query Views 6-109

Health Savings Accounts

The following fields are available in the Health Savings Account view:

• Empl ID • Employee Annual Limit

• Employment Record Number • Memo Code

• Pay Group • Employer Contribution Type

• Autolink File Number • Employer Contribution Amount

• Last Name • Employer Prorated Limit

• First Name • Employer Annual Limit

• Autolink Data Control • Update Process Indicator


• Employee Type • Payroll Department Number

• Effective Date • Cost Number

• Status as of Effective Date • Location Code

• HSA Plan Code • Job Title

• Description • Business Title

• Transaction Date • Autolink Title

• Bank Transit # • Union Code

• Account Number • Union Seniority Date

• Autolink Deduction Code • Bargaining Unit

• Employee Contribution Type • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Employee Contribution Amount • Autolink Employee Status

• Employee Prorated Limit


6-110 Query Views

Federal Tax Information

The following fields are available in the Federal Tax Information view:

• Empl ID • Federal Additional Amount

• Pay Group • Federal Additional Percent

• Autolink File Number • Earned Income Credit Status

• Last Name • EIC Year

• First Name • Qualified Pension

• Autolink Data Control • Autolink School District Tax

• Autolink Clock Number • AL 1099-MISC Emp SSN is FEIN

• Autolink Employee Status • 1099-R Distribution Code 1

• Location Code • 1099-R Distribution Code 2

• Department ID • AL 1099-R Total Distribution

• Payroll Department Number • AL 1099-R IRA/SEP Indicator

• Cost Number • Tax Lock Start Date

• Job Code • Tax Lock End Date

• Job Title • Tax Lock Comments

• Business Title • Tax Lock Fed Marital Status

• Autolink Title • Tax Lock Fed Allowances

• Union Code • Tax Lock Received Date

• Union Seniority Date • Tax Lock Term Letter Date

• Bargaining Unit • Standard Occupational Classif

• Bargaining Unit Seniority Date • Alaska Geographic Code

• Effective Date • Local Services 1

• State Tax Code • Local Services 1 Status

• State2 Tax Code • Local Services 1 Exempt Year

• Local Tax Code • Local Services 2

• Local2 Tax Code • Local Services 2 Status

• Autolink SUI Code • Local Services 2 Exempt Year

• Federal Tax Marital Status • Family Leave Insurance Status

• Federal Allowances


Query Views 6-111

State/Local Tax Information

The following fields are available in the State/Local Tax Information view:








• Autolink Clock Number • Effective Date

• Autolink Employee Status • State Tax Code

• Location Code • Local Tax Code

• Department ID • Marital Status

• Payroll Department Number • Exemptions

• Cost Number • Additional Tax Amount

• Job Code • Additional Tax Percent


6-112 Query Views

Benefits Query Views

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query views for Benefits for ARRA Termination Information, Current Benefit Elections, Future Benefit Elections, Employee Election History, and WinFlex Export Information:

• COBRA Information

– ARRA Termination Information

• Employee Elections (Current Benefit Elections, Future Benefit Elections, and Employee Election History)

– Health Benefits (Current and Future)

– Health Benefits (History)

– Life and AD&D Benefits (Current and Future)

– Life and AD&D Benefits (History)

– Disability Benefits (Current and Future)

– Disability Benefits (History)

– Savings Plans (Current and Future)

– Savings Plans (History)

– Flexible Spending Accounts (Current and Future)

– Flexible Spending Accounts (History)

• Dependent Elections (Current Benefit Elections and Future Benefit Elections)

– Dependent Health Benefits (Current, Future, and History)

• WinFlex Export Information

– WinFlex Export Interface Data



Query Views 6-113

ARRA Termination Information

The following fields are available in the ARRA Termination Information view:

• Empl ID • Termination Date

• Effective Date • Resignation Notice Date

• Pay Group • Date of Death

• Autolink File Number • Retire Date

• Last Name • Date Last Worked

• First Name • Eligible for Rehire

• Address (Line 1) • Eligible for Severance

• Address (Line 2) • Years of Service

• Address (Line 3) • Months of Service (Remainder)

• City • Company

• State • Location Code

• Postal/Zip • Department ID

• Country • Payroll Department Number

• Electronic Mail Address • Cost Number

• Electronic Mail Address 2 • Job Code

• Home Phone # • Union Code

• Employee Type • Union Seniority Date

• Employee Classification • Bargaining Unit

• FLSA Status • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Employee Status • Autolink Clock Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Autolink Data Control

• Regular/Temporary • Local National Indicator

• Birthdate • Address (Line 1) International

• Ethnic Group • Address (Line 2) International

• Race/Ethnicity • Address (Line 3) International

• Survey Returned • Address (Line 4) International

• Gender • Address (Line 5) International

• Age • City International

• Action • State International

• Reason Code • Country International


6-114 Query Views

Health Benefits (Current and Future)

The following fields are available in the Health Benefits Current and Future view:

• Potentially Subsidy Eligible • County International

• Hire Date • International Postal/Zip

• Rehire Date • Social Security #

• Service Date • SSN is Federal EIN

• Civil Service Date

• Empl ID • Birthdate

• Benefit Program • Date of Death

• Benefit Program Description • Smoker

• Name • Electronic Mail Address

• First Name • Electronic Mail Address 2

• Last Name • Action

• Plan Type • Reason Code

• Description • Regular/Temporary

• Benefit Plan • Employee Status

• Benefit Plan Description • Full/Part Time

• Coverage Code • FLSA Status

• Coverage Code Description • Department ID

• Effective Date • Location Code

• Deduction End Date • Company

• Coverage Begin Date • Pay Group

• Coverage End Date • Employee Type

• Coverage Election • Standard Hours

• Coverage Elect Date • Employee Classification

• Annual Rate • Compensation Rate

• Annual Benefits Base Rate • Compensation Frequency

• Address (Line 1) • Hire Date

• Address (Line 2) • Rehire Date

• Address (Line 3) • Company Seniority Date

• City • Service Date


Query Views 6-115

Health Benefits (History)

The following fields are available in the Health Benefits History view:

• State • Civil Service Date

• Postal/Zip • Termination Date

• Country • Date Last Worked


• Original Hire Date • Union Seniority Date

• Gender • Bargaining Unit

• Disabled • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Marital Status • Work Phone #

• Marital Status Date

• Empl ID • Address (Line 2)

• Name • Address (Line 3)

• First Name • City

• Last Name • State

• Plan Type • Postal/Zip

• Description • Country

• Benefit Plan • Home Phone #

• Benefit Plan Description • Original Hire Date

• Coverage Code • Gender

• Coverage Code Description • Disabled

• Effective Date • Marital Status

• Deduction End Date • Marital Status Date

• Coverage Begin Date • Birthdate

• Coverage End Date • Date of Death

• Coverage Election • Smoker

• Coverage Elect Date • Electronic Mail Address

• Address (Line 1) • Electronic Mail Address 2


6-116 Query Views

Life and AD&D Benefits (Current and Future)

The following fields are available in the Life and AD&D Benefits Current and Future view:

• Empl ID • Date of Death

• Benefit Program • Smoker

• Benefit Program Description • Electronic Mail Address

• Name • Electronic Mail Address 2

• First Name • Action

• Last Name • Reason Code

• Plan Type • Regular/Temporary

• Description • Employee Status

• Benefit Plan • Full/Part Time

• Benefit Plan Description • FLSA Status

• Effective Date • Department ID

• Deduction End Date • Location Code

• Coverage Begin Date • Company

• Coverage End Date • Pay Group

• Coverage Election • Employee Type

• Coverage Elect Date • Standard Hours

• Annual Rate • Employee Classification

• Annual Benefits Base Rate • Compensation Rate

• Address (Line 1) • Compensation Frequency



• City • Company Seniority Date

• State • Service Date

• Postal/Zip • Civil Service Date

• Country • Termination Date

• Home Phone # • Date Last Worked

• Original Hire Date • Union Code

• Gender • Union Seniority Date

• Disabled • Bargaining Unit

• Marital Status • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-117

Life and AD&D Benefits (History)

The following fields are available in the Life and AD&D Benefits History view:

• Marital Status Date • Work Phone #

• Birthdate


• Name • City

• First Name • State

• Last Name • Postal/Zip

• Plan Type • Country

• Description • Home Phone #

• Benefit Plan • Original Hire Date

• Benefit Plan Description • Gender

• Effective Date • Disabled

• Deduction End Date • Marital Status

• Coverage Begin Date • Marital Status Date

• Coverage End Date • Birthdate

• Coverage Election • Date of Death

• Coverage Elect Date • Smoker

• Address (Line 1) • Electronic Mail Address



6-118 Query Views

Disability Benefits (Current and Future)

The following fields are available in the Disability Benefits Current and Future view:

• Empl ID • Date of Death

• Benefit Program • Smoker

• Benefit Program Description • Electronic Mail Address

• Name • Electronic Mail Address 2

• First Name • Action

• Last Name • Reason Code

• Plan Type • Regular/Temporary

• Description • Employee Status

• Benefit Plan • Full/Part Time

• Benefit Plan Description • FLSA Status

• Effective Date • Department ID

• Deduction End Date • Location Code

• Coverage Begin Date • Company

• Coverage End Date • Pay Group

• Coverage Election • Employee Type

• Coverage Elect Date • Standard Hours

• Annual Rate • Employee Classification

• Annual Benefits Base Rate • Compensation Rate

• Address (Line 1) • Compensation Frequency



• City • Company Seniority Date

• State • Service Date

• Postal/Zip • Civil Service Date

• Country • Termination Date

• Home Phone # • Date Last Worked

• Original Hire Date • Union Code

• Gender • Union Seniority Date

• Disabled • Bargaining Unit

• Marital Status • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date


Query Views 6-119

Disability Benefits (History)

The following fields are available in the Disability Benefits History view:

• Marital Status Date • Work Phone #

• Birthdate


• Name • City

• First Name • State

• Last Name • Postal/Zip

• Plan Type • Country

• Description • Home Phone #

• Benefit Plan • Original Hire Date

• Benefit Plan Description • Gender

• Effective Date • Disabled

• Deduction End Date • Marital Status

• Coverage Begin Date • Marital Status Date

• Coverage End Date • Birthdate

• Coverage Election • Date of Death

• Coverage Elect Date • Smoker

• Address (Line 1) • Electronic Mail Address



6-120 Query Views

Savings Plans (Current and Future)

The following fields are available in the Savings Plans Current and Future view:

• Empl ID • Disabled

• Benefit Program • Marital Status

• Benefit Program Description • Marital Status Date

• Name • Birthdate

• First Name • Date of Death

• Last Name • Smoker

• Plan Type • Electronic Mail Address

• Description • Electronic Mail Address 2

• Benefit Plan • Action

• Benefit Plan Description • Reason Code

• Effective Date • Regular/Temporary

• Deduction End Date • Employee Status

• Coverage Begin Date • Full/Part Time

• Coverage End Date • FLSA Status

• Coverage Election • Department ID

• Coverage Elect Date • Location Code

• Coverage • Company

• Flat Deduction Amount • Pay Group

• Percent of Gross • Employee Type

• Savings Coverage After-Tax • Standard Hours

• Flat Deduction Amt After-Tax • Employee Classification

• Percent of Gross After-Tax • Compensation Rate

• Annual Excess Credits • Compensation Frequency

• Rollover • Hire Date

• Annual Rate • Rehire Date

• Annual Benefits Base Rate • Company Seniority Date

• Address (Line 1) • Service Date

• Address (Line 2) • Civil Service Date

• Address (Line 3) • Termination Date

• City • Date Last Worked


Query Views 6-121

• State • Union Code

• Postal/Zip • Union Seniority Date

• Country • Bargaining Unit

• Home Phone # • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Original Hire Date • Work Phone #

• Gender


6-122 Query Views

Savings Plans (History)

The following fields are available in the Savings Plans History view:

• Empl ID • Annual Excess Credits

• Name • Rollover

• First Name • Address (Line 1)

• Last Name • Address (Line 2)

• Plan Type • Address (Line 3)

• Description • City

• Benefit Plan • State

• Benefit Plan Description • Postal/Zip

• Effective Date • Country

• Deduction End Date • Home Phone #

• Coverage Begin Date • Original Hire Date

• Coverage End Date • Gender

• Coverage Election • Disabled

• Coverage Elect Date • Marital Status

• Coverage • Marital Status Date

• Flat Deduction Amount • Birthdate

• Percent of Gross • Date of Death

• Savings Coverage After-Tax • Smoker

• Flat Deduction Amt After-Tax • Electronic Mail Address

• Percent of Gross After-Tax • Electronic Mail Address 2


Query Views 6-123

Flexible Spending Accounts (Current and Future)

The following fields are available in the Flexible Spending Accounts Current and Future view:

• Empl ID • Birthdate

• Benefit Program • Date of Death

• Benefit Program Description • Smoker

• Name • Electronic Mail Address

• First Name • Electronic Mail Address 2

• Last Name • Action

• Plan Type • Reason Code

• Description • Regular/Temporary

• Benefit Plan • Employee Status

• Benefit Plan Description • Full/Part Time

• Effective Date • FLSA Status

• Deduction End Date • Department ID

• Coverage Begin Date • Location Code

• Coverage End Date • Company

• Coverage Election • Pay Group

• Coverage Elect Date • Employee Type

• Employee Contribution Amount • Standard Hours

• Annual Pledge • Employee Classification

• Annual Rate • Compensation Rate

• Annual Benefits Base Rate • Compensation Frequency



• Address (Line 3) • Company Seniority Date

• City • Service Date

• State • Civil Service Date

• Postal/Zip • Termination Date

• Country • Date Last Worked


• Original Hire Date • Union Seniority Date


6-124 Query Views

Flexible Spending Accounts (History)

The following fields are available in the Flexible Spending Accounts History view:

• Gender • Bargaining Unit

• Disabled • Bargaining Unit Seniority Date

• Marital Status • Work Phone #

• Marital Status Date


• Name • Address (Line 3)

• First Name • City

• Last Name • State

• Plan Type • Postal/Zip

• Description • Country

• Benefit Plan • Home Phone #

• Benefit Plan Description • Original Hire Date

• Effective Date • Gender

• Deduction End Date • Disabled

• Coverage Begin Date • Marital Status

• Coverage End Date • Marital Status Date

• Coverage Election • Birthdate

• Coverage Elect Date • Date of Death

• Employee Contribution Amount • Smoker

• Annual Pledge • Electronic Mail Address



Query Views 6-125

Dependent Health Benefits (Current, Future, and History)

The following fields are available in the Dependent Health Benefits Current, Future and History view:

• Empl ID • Postal/Zip

• Dependent/Beneficiary ID • Country

• Effective Date • Home Phone #

• Status of Effective Date • Work Phone #

• Name • Relationship to Employee

• Plan Type • Relationship

• Description • Dependent Beneficiary Type

• Coverage Begin Date • Dependent/Beneficiary Type

• Same Address/Phone as Employee • Marital Status

• Address (Line 1) • Gender

• Address (Line 2) • Birthdate

• Address (Line 3) • Disabled

• City • Smoker

• State


6-126 Query Views

WinFlex Export Interface Data

The following fields are available in the WinFlex Export Interface Data view:

• Empl ID • Location Description

• Name • Location Short Description

• First Name • Reporting Location Description

• Middle Name • Job Entry Date

• Last Name • Department Entry Date

• Name Suffix • Position Entry Date

• Name Prefix • Shift

• Electronic Mail Address • Regular/Temporary

• Electronic Mail Address 2 • Full/Part Time

• Address (Line 1) • FLSA Status

• Address - Other (Line 1) • Officer Code

• Address (Line 2) • Company

• Address - Other (Line 2) • Pay Group

• Address (Line 3) • Employee Type

• Address - Other (Line 3) • Standard Hours

• City • Autolink Standard Hours

• City - Other • Employee Classification

• State • Salary Grade

• State - Other • Grade Entry Date

• Postal/Zip • Step

• Postal/Zip - Other • Step Entry Date

• Country • General Ledger Pay Type

• Country - Other • Account/Fund

• Home Phone # • Earnings Distribution Type

• Home Phone 2 • Compensation Frequency

• Social Insurance # • Compensation Rate

• Personnel Status • Annual Rate

• Original Hire Date • Monthly Rate

• Gender • Hourly Rate

• Birthdate • Annual Benefits Base Rate


Query Views 6-127

• Date of Death • Autolink Clock Number

• Marital Status • Autolink Data Control

• Marital Status Date • Dept ID Description

• Former Name • Department Short Description

• Disabled • Pay Group Dept Description

• Disabled Veteran • Autolink Department Number

• Disability Type • Autolink File Number

• Smoker • Autolink File Number Status

• Highly Compensated Last Year • Payroll Department Number

• Highly Compensated Employee • Payroll Job Number

• Hire Date • Reporting Location

• Rehire Date • Autolink Pay Frequency

• Company Seniority Date • Benefit Program

• Service Date • Benefit Program Date

• Civil Service Date • Employee Status Date

• Expected Return Date • Transfer Date

• Termination Date • Location Date

• Retire Date • Reporting Location Date

• Date Last Worked • Rate Code

• Owns 5% (or More) of Company • Leave Plan Eligible

• Business Title • Regular/Temporary Date

• Autolink Title • Full/Part Time Date

• Full-Time Student • Employee Type Date

• Union Code • Benefit Action

• Union Seniority Date • Benefit Action Reason

• Bargaining Unit • Benefit Action Date

• Bagaining Unit Seniority Date • User1

• Probation Date • User2

• Security Clearance • User3

• Work Phone # • User4

• Work Phone 2 • User5

• Custom Area 1 • User6


6-128 Query Views




• Date A • User10

• Date B • User11

• Date C • User12

• Date D • User13

• Flag 1 • User14



• Flag 4 • User1 Date




• Effective Date • User5 Date

• Department ID • User1 Number

• Job Code • User2 Number

• Position Number • User3 Number

• Job Description • User4 Number

• Employee Status • User5 Number

• Autolink Employee Status • Months from Job Effective Date

• Action • Days from Job Effective Date

• Action Date • Retiree Bill

• Reason Code • Cost Number

• Location Code • Date of Residence


Query Views 6-129

System Administration Query View

ADP Enterprise HR provides the following standard Query view for System Administration:

• InfoLink Employee Messages

• Translate Configurability

InfoLink Employee Messages

The following fields are available in the InfoLink Employee Messages view:

Translate Configurability

The following fields are available in the Translate Configurability view:

• Empl ID • Transaction ID

• Pay Group • Action Date/Time

• Autolink File Number • Originator Operator ID (Profile ID)

• Last Name • Instance Status

• First Name • Instance Available Date/Time

• Employee Status • Instance Selected Date/Time

• Company • Instance Worked Date/Time

• Location Code • Sent Date/Time

• Department ID • Timed Out

• Work List Name • Description

• Instance ID • Dismissed By Operator ID (Profile ID)

• Field Name • Level of Configurability

• Field Long Name


6-130 Query Views


Chapter 7

Resources for Using ADP Enterprise HR

PAGE TOPIC

7-2 Introduction

7-3 About the Data Dictionary

7-5 Using Online Help and Online Manuals

Chapter 7: Resources for Using ADP Enterprise HRUsing ADP Enterprise HR Guide

7-2 Introduction

Introduction

This chapter provides information about using the Data Dictionary and the online help.


About the Data Dictionary 7-3

About the Data Dictionary

The Data Dictionary by Processes is a Web-based tool that gives you point-and-click access to various ADP Enterprise HR table definitions and integrated Entity Relationship Diagrams (ERDs). The Data Dictionary is especially helpful for clients that are customizing the product to meet their company needs. Even if your company isn’t planning customizations, the Data Dictionary is a valuable tool in understanding the product’s database structure as you implement the product solution and/or upgrade from a previous ADP Enterprise HR version.

The Data Dictionary provides table names, field names, and database object relationships to understand the underlying database structure for this integrated ADP Enterprise HR product solution.

The components that make up this application are delivered and installed from the ADP Enterprise HR Documentation CD. Once installed, you access the Data Dictionary by Processes by choosing Help ~ Online Manuals. From the left navigation pane, select Tools Library ~ Data Dictionary.

Figure 7-1 illustrates the opening page for the Data Dictionary by Processes.

Figure 7-1. ADP Enterprise HR Data Dictionary by Processes in HTML Format

The Data Dictionary by Processes tool lets you perform the following tasks:

• View ERD diagrams online

• Access table definitions from the ERD diagram


7-4 About the Data Dictionary

• Review data relationships

• View process/record usages

• View entity lists by records

• View entity lists for the translate table

• View translate values from a record

• View the list of fields

• View or print the records dictionary

• View or print ERD diagrams

For more information regarding the Data Dictionary, see the Application Administrator’s Guide.


Using Online Help and Online Manuals 7-5

Using Online Help and Online Manuals

Because the delivered ADP Enterprise HR application is easy to use and self explanatory, the application has online help and online manuals to assist with using the application. The information is at your fingertips!

Using Online Help

To use online help, click the Help menu and select ADP Enterprise HR Help.

You can also click F1 on any panel and view detailed information on the fields for that panel.

Within the online help, you may find the following information:

• Overview of the Help system.

• Help Contents, which provides the same navigation as within ADP Enterprise HR.

• Descriptions of the application pages including its purpose and related field descriptions.

• Link to the ADP Enterprise HR Online Documentation Library for the latest information regarding Enterprise.

• How to navigate within ADP Enterprise HR by accessing the User Interface and Navigation Tour.

• Download information regarding earlier versions with the Process Mappings Tool.


Using Online Help

Viewing an Online Manual



Figure 7-2 shows the main Help page.

Figure 7-2. ADP Enterprise HR Help


Using Online Help and Online Manuals 7-7


Online manuals for Human Resources, Benefits, Payroll, Tools, and Implementation are available for you to read or print from the Help area of ADP Enterprise HR. You can view an online manual from within the browser. However, Acrobat Reader 5.0 or newer must also be installed on your workstation. To view a manual, click the Help menu and select Online Manuals. The Online Manuals page displays.

Figure 7-3. ADP Enterprise HR Online Manuals Page

In the left pane, select the folder for the appropriate area of ADP Enterprise HR, and then select the PDF guide to open.

A memory error may occur if you are trying to view a large manual through a browser. If you

receive an error, try opening the manual through Acrobat Reader.

The online manuals allow you to do the following:

• Navigate through the entire guide page by page using the Acrobat Reader toolbar.

• Go to other chapters or sections by clicking on the actual reference in the text.

• See the overall organization of the manual in a “tree” structure by clicking on the predefined bookmark entries on the left side of the screen. Go to a topic by clicking on an entry.

• Go to a topic by clicking on entries from the table of contents and index.


Using Online Help




• Print the online manual as it appears on your screen in 8.5 x 11 format by choosing Print from the File menu.

• Search for topics in your online manual.

• View your online manuals (the PDF files) with Microsoft Internet Explorer if Acrobat Reader is installed on the workstation.


Index

AAbout ADP Enterprise HR

accessing 2-9Access all dates (change history) mode 3-8Access all dates (view history) mode 3-7Access current and future date mode 3-6Access mode 3-6

access all dates (change history) 3-8access all dates (view history) 3-7access current and future dates 3-6add 3-6add and new 3-8

Access mode indicator 2-50Accessing saved queries 6-40Accessing valid lookup values 4-14Active records

in the database 4-20Add

new entities 3-9illustration of 3-9quick add feature 3-11

Add access mode 3-6Add and new access mode 3-8Add Folder button 2-16, 2-24Add or Search function

repeating 2-41Add URL Task button 2-24Additional Input Required message 2-56Ad-hoc reporting 6-3Admin button 2-14Administrator

defining shortcuts for operators/classes 2-15ADP Enterprise HR

about the application, introduction 1-2accessing tasks 2-34business rules 3-2combined functionality 1-3configuring panels and translate fields 1-6customizable task area 1-4

desktop overview 2-3exiting the product 2-5features

customizable task area 1-4home page 1-5integrated reporting 1-3main help page

accessing 7-5illustration of 7-6

mouseless navigation 1-3online help 7-5online manuals 7-5


organizational charts 1-4process-driven functionality 1-3reporting tools, introduction 6-2required field highlighting 1-5resources in the application, introduction 7-2setting opening preferences 2-59using Microsoft Wheel to control scroll bars 1-3using the application, introduction 2-2using the desktop menu bar and toolbar 2-5using the interface 1-1using the organizer/task menu bar and task

toolbar 2-39using the Support Application Toolbar 2-12working with the data, introduction 4-2Workspace 2-46

ADP Enterprise HR helpaccessing 2-9

ADP Enterprise HR online manual pageillustration of 7-7

ADP General Ledger 5-2ADP Reporting

ad-hoc reporting solution 6-3ADP Total Compensation Statements 5-3ADP Trademarks

accessing 2-9


i-2 Index

ADP VirtualEdge Professional 5-3Advanced user information 2-61All Configurations keyboard shortcut 2-6All Configurations window

accessing 2-6All Correlation IDs field 5-19All Originators option 5-18All Roles option 5-18All Statuses option 5-18All Types option 5-18Alter Derived Name field

format 4-9, 6-27Alternate key 4-15Alternate key fields 4-3Anchor area

collapsedillustration of 2-48

employee image 2-49expanded

illustration of 2-49overview 2-47

AND option 6-29Application Administration process

System Preferences task 2-59As Of date calendar control

accessing 2-50As Of Date field 2-51Audit

tracking modifications 4-5Autolink

standard query views 6-81

BBatch Archive directory 6-10Batch directory 6-10Batch Processes panel


Beginning day(s) ago field 2-62Benefits

standard query views 6-112Benefits functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Board area

in Bulletin 2-54posting a task to 2-54suspending a task

illustration of 2-54Bookmarks 7-7Bulletin area

accessing 2-40Board 2-54illustration of 2-53Messages panel 2-55overview 2-53Search Results panel 2-58

Bulletin keyboard shortcut 2-40Business entities

adding 3-9Business rules

business entities 3-3effective dates illustration 3-4event types 3-5, 3-6events 3-3how implemented in ADP Enterprise HR 3-2terminology 3-3using effective dates 3-4

Buttonstoolbar

see toolbar buttons 2-43

CCalendar control 2-50

accessing 2-50, 2-51, 4-17illustration of 2-51, 4-17

Calendar control button 4-17using to select date 4-17

Cancelledmessaging status 5-19

Cascadeopen functional groups/panels 2-9

Case Sensitive field 6-15CCI messages

setting up 5-2Change Employee Information process

Optional HR Information task 4-30Status Flags/Dates/Others task 4-27

Change Employee Payroll Data processHR User Defined Information task 4-37

Change History Information check box 3-8, 3-12, 3-16

Change history mode 3-8Change Job/Position Information process

HR User Defined Information task 4-30, 4-37Status Flags/Dates/Others task 4-27

Change URL button 2-24Changing historical information 3-16

confirmation message 3-17Check boxes 4-16


Index i-3

CheckMate processingreceiving notification of 5-2

Classescopying shortcuts 2-15defining default shortcuts 2-15

Close button 2-45canceling a task 4-18

Close keyboard shortcut 2-45Closing a task 2-39Collapse icon 2-35Colors

desktop 2-10Column heading 6-26Column Heading field 6-22, 6-25Company Control Information 5-2Compensation functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Compliance functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Configure button 2-14Configure Current Task

accessing 2-40Configure Current Task keyboard shortcut 2-40Configure Translate Fields

accessing 2-6Configure Translate Fields keyboard shortcut 2-6Confirm History Update message 3-17Confirmed

messaging status 5-19Content area 5-8Context menus

in Org Chart 2-28Control bar

access mode indicator 2-50As Of date calendar control 2-50employee data 2-50illustration of 2-50overview 2-50task name 2-50

Copyoperator/class shortcuts 2-15

Copy button 2-23Criteria

search entries 4-3CSV option 6-11Ctrl-N

Post a Note 2-42Current events

changing 3-12Current information

viewing 3-13Custom Area/Dates panel


Customize Shortcuts panelaccessing 2-20field descriptions for 2-23illustration of 2-20

Customize Shortcuts panel for Adminaccessing 2-15field descriptions for 2-23illustration of 2-15

CVS file 6-6

DData

delete row 3-21deleting from the database 4-19entering in formatted fields 4-9entering in unformatted fields 4-13entry field types 4-8field types 4-8insert row 3-18moving between fields 4-9tracking modifications of 4-5using check boxes 4-16using prompt/lookup fields 4-13using radio buttons 4-16using the calendar control button 4-17using toolbar buttons 4-18

Data Dictionaryaccessing 7-3illustration of 7-3overview 7-3process overview 7-3

Data entry field typesillustrations of 4-8

Database panel namesdisplaying 2-42, 2-66illustration of 2-66

Databasesdeleting data

employee’s 4-19entries in a field 4-19how to 4-19methods for 4-19

Date fieldformats 6-27formatted fields 4-11

DB Agentaccessing 2-9

Default Org Chart View field 2-60


i-4 Index

Default Shortcuts 1-4, 2-13, 2-15sample illustration 2-16

Defineclass default shortcuts 2-15shortcuts 2-15

Deletedata row 3-21

Delete Report button 6-11Delete Row button 2-40, 2-44Delete Row keyboard shortcut 2-40, 2-44Deleting a row

confirmation message 3-21history message 3-21

Departments panelaccessing 3-10illustration of 3-10

Description field 4-23, 4-26, 4-36Desktop

colors 2-10accessing 2-10illustration of 2-10

functional groups taskbar 2-4how to close 2-5illustration of 2-3menu bar 2-3, 2-5overview 2-3support application toolbar 2-3toolbar 2-3, 2-11

Desktop Colorsaccessing color options 2-5

Desktop menu 2-7, 2-41accessing Benefits 2-7, 2-41accessing Compensation 2-7, 2-41accessing Compliance 2-7, 2-41accessing Home Pages links 2-8accessing Org Chart 2-8accessing Org Security 2-8accessing Payroll 2-7, 2-41accessing People 2-7, 2-41accessing Performance & Development 2-7, 2-41accessing Planning & Analysis 2-8, 2-41accessing Query 2-8accessing Shortcuts 2-8accessing Staff Relations 2-7, 2-41accessing Staffing 2-7, 2-41accessing System Admin 2-8, 2-41accessing Worklist 2-8

Detail dialog boxfor Internal Error messages 2-57

Detail List option 6-21

EEdit menu 2-5, 2-40

accessing All Configurations 2-6accessing Bulletin 2-40accessing Configure Current Task 2-40accessing Configure Translate Fields 2-6accessing Desktop Colors 2-5accessing Form Designer 2-5accessing Organizer 2-40accessing Pick List/Alternate Key 2-40accessing Workspace 2-40deleting a row 2-40inserting a row 2-40Repeat Add or Search function 2-41

Effective datesillustration of 3-4overview 3-4

Eligibility Information processHR User Defined Information task 4-30, 4-37Status Flags/Dates/Others task 4-27

Employee images 2-49Employees

deleting 4-19Enter key/partial key/alternate key dialog box


Enter Notes button 2-45Enter notes for selected employee

keyboard shortcut 2-45Enter Prompted Values dialog box


Enter Task Name dialog boxaccessing 2-22illustration of 2-22

Enter URL dialog boxaccessing 2-22illustration of 2-22

Enterprise Payrollstandard query views 6-63

Entitiesadding a new entity 3-9

Entities, business 3-3Entity Relationship Diagrams 7-3eQuery Type area 6-21, 6-24Error Detail link 5-8

illustration of 5-15Error messages 2-56Error Processing Message

messaging status 5-19Error Processing Message status 5-5


Index i-5

Esc key 2-39Event types 3-5

access modes 3-6Events

changing 3-12definition of 3-3

Exclude from Message Monitor field 5-5Existing Queries button in Organizer

illustration of 6-40Existing Queries dialog box


Expand icon 2-35Exporting results to Microsoft Excel

in Query 6-34

FFailed

messaging status 5-19Failed status 5-5Failures panel


Field column 6-22Field Values panel

accessing 4-23, 4-25, 4-36illustration of 4-23, 4-25, 4-36

Field/record tooltipdisplaying 2-42

Fieldschanging

illustration of ’after’ 3-20common formatting 4-9creating custom 4-21, 4-34data entry fields 4-8different types 4-8formatted fields 4-9

Alter Derived Name 4-9, 6-27Phone numbers 4-12Postal/Zip code 4-12Social Security Number 4-11, 6-27

HR userdefining 4-24

lookup fields 4-13moving between fields 4-9prompt

illustration of 4-13prompt fields 4-13status flags

defining 4-22

unformatted fields 4-13File menu 2-5, 2-39

accessing File Upload 2-5accessing Report Outputs 2-5accessing Report Outputs (Local) 2-5closing a task 2-39exiting Enterprise HR 2-5exiting organizer/tasks 2-39posting to Board 2-39print workspace 2-39Save 2-39

File Name field 6-12File Upload

accessing 2-5File Upload button 2-5, 2-11File Upload keyboard shortcut 2-5File Upload shortcut 2-11File Viewer 6-12

pan in direction 6-14File Viewer buttons and keystrokes 6-14

expand visible page to full size 6-14expand visible page to height of window 6-14expand visible page to window width 6-14go to first page 6-14go to last page 6-14go to specific page 6-14move to next page 6-14move to the previous page 6-14pan in a direction 6-14print 6-14search 6-14search again 6-14show expanded view of page 6-14word wrap 6-14

File Viewer print button 6-15File with extension field 5-16, 6-8, 6-11Files

generating 6-6Filter panel

accessing 6-26for Query 6-26illustration of 6-26

Filter panel with second rowaccessing 6-29illustration of 6-29

Find button 4-15Find field 6-15Form Designer

accessing color options 2-5Fully Expand icon 2-26, 2-35, 2-66Future events

changing 3-12


i-6 Index

Future informationviewing 3-13

GGeneral panel


Generated filesprinting 6-15, 6-16searching 6-15viewing 6-9

Generating a report 6-6Go icon 2-35Group By option 6-25

HHelp

overview of the Help system 7-5, 7-7Help menu 2-9

about ADP Enterprise HR 2-9accessing ADP Enterprise HR Help 2-9accessing ADP Trademarks 2-9accessing internet terms 2-9accessing online manuals 2-9accessing privacy statement 2-9accessing user terms 2-9ADP trademarks 2-9

Hide profile information 2-47Historical events

changing 3-12Historical information

changing 3-16viewing 3-14

Home Page Linksaccessing 2-8

Home Pages Links panelaccessing 2-33illustration of 2-33

HR Character Fields panelaccessing 4-30, 4-33, 4-40illustration of 4-33, 4-40

HR Dates & Numerics panelaccessing 4-30, 4-32, 4-39illustration of 4-32, 4-39

HR Life Cycle option 2-23HR Life Cycle source option 2-15HR User Dates area 4-32, 4-39HR User Defined Information process

HR User Field Values task 4-24, 4-35

HR User Defined Information task 4-30, 4-38HR User fields

defining 4-24overview 4-21, 4-34

HR User Fields panelaccessing 4-30, 4-31, 4-38illustration of 4-31, 4-38

HR User Numerics area 4-32, 4-39HTM option 6-11htm option 5-16Human Resources

standard query views 6-45

IImages

see employee image 2-49Immediate (999 row limit) option 6-21, 6-24Inactive records

in the database 4-20Include check box 6-23Include column 6-22Include panel

accessing 6-22, 6-24illustration of 6-22, 6-24

Individual Tax Identification Number 4-11InfoLink Data Exchange 5-2Information

changinghistorical events 3-16

viewingcurrent and future 3-13historical events 3-14

Insertdata row 3-18

illustration of ’after’ 3-19illustration of ’before’ 3-18

Insert Row button 2-40, 2-43Insert Row keyboard shortcut 2-40, 2-43Instance Worked Date/Time field 5-9Internal error messages 2-56

Detail dialog box 2-57Internal window

minimized right-click menu 2-38Internal windows

minimized 2-37illustration of 2-37

restoring 2-37Internet Terms

accessing 2-9


Index i-7

KKeyboard shortcuts 1-3

ADP Enterprise HR Help 2-9All Configurations 2-6Bulletin 2-40Close 2-39, 2-45Configure Current Task 2-40Configure Translate Fields 2-6Delete a row 2-44Delete Row 2-40Details about who modified this record 2-44enter notes for selected employee 2-45File Upload 2-5, 2-11Insert a row 2-43Insert Row 2-40Message Monitor 2-8, 2-11Modification History 2-42Next in List 2-41, 2-44Next Tab 2-41Next Tab/Task 2-41Organizer 2-40Pick List/Alternate Keys 2-40post a note 2-42Post to Board 2-39, 2-43Previous in List 2-42, 2-44Previous Tab 2-41Previous Tab/Task 2-41print current Workspace contents 2-39, 2-43Process Monitor 2-8, 2-11Repeat Add/Search 2-41, 2-44Report Outputs 2-5, 2-11Report Outputs (Local) 2-5, 2-11Save 2-39, 2-43Workspace 2-40

LLinks feature

accessing the Home Pages 2-33LIS format 6-6LIS option 6-11LOG option 6-11Look In field 5-16Lookup fields 4-13

accessing valid values 4-14filtering list results 4-14illustration of 4-13quick add feature 3-11

MMasked Fields 4-10Menu bar

desktop 2-5organizer/tasks 2-39

Message Data link 5-8, 5-9large messages 5-16

Message Data Vieweraccessing 5-9illustration of 5-9

Message Detail panelaccessing 5-8example of 5-7illustration of 5-8

Message Monitor 5-2accessing 2-8cancelling pending messages 5-21dismissing messages 5-20specifying search criteria 5-18viewing details of large messages 5-16viewing message data details 5-9viewing message notifications 5-7

Message Monitor button 2-8, 2-11Message Monitor keyboard shortcut 2-8, 2-11Message Monitor panel

accessing 5-7illustration of 5-5, 5-6, 5-7, 5-21

Message notificationoverview 5-2setting up 5-2using the message icon 5-4

MessagesAdditional Input Required messages 2-56canceling 5-21Confirm History Update message 3-17delete current row message 3-21delete history row message 3-21dismissing 5-20error messages 2-56icons

illustrations of 2-55information messages

Information messages 2-55internal error

illustration of 2-56internal error messages 2-56Messages panel 2-55report notification 6-6resending 5-22specifying search criteria 5-18status of 5-5


i-8 Index

viewing data details 5-9viewing details for large messages 5-16viewing message notification details 5-7warning messages 2-55

Messages panel 2-55accessing 2-55illustration of 2-55

messaging overview 5-2, 5-3Messaging Queue 5-10Microsoft Internet Explorer 7-8Minimize

internal windows 2-37open functional group 2-37

Minimize Allopen functional groups/panels 2-9

Minimizedinternal windows

illustration of 2-37Minimized internal window

right-click menu 2-38Minimized windows

restoring 2-37Modification details

printing 4-7Modification Details dialog box


Modification Historyaccessing 2-42

Modification History button 2-42Modification History dialog box


Modification History keyboard shortcut 2-42, 2-44Modifications

tracking 4-5Modify data

tracking 4-5Monitor Processes task 2-62Move Down button 2-23Move Up button 2-23My Shortcuts 1-4, 2-13

adding a taskillustration of 2-21

adding a URL taskillustration of 2-22

NNavigating in ADP Enterprise HR

data entry field types 4-8

Navigational iconsCollapse 2-35Expand 2-35Fully Expand 2-26, 2-35, 2-66Go 2-35

New Name field 6-11Next in List

accessing 2-41Next in List button 2-41, 2-44Next in List keyboard shortcut 2-41, 2-44Next Tab

accessing 2-41Next Tab keyboard shortcut 2-41Next Tab/Task

accessing 2-41Next Tab/Task keyboard shortcut 2-41

OOnline help 7-5


Online manualsaccessing 2-9, 7-7viewing through a browser 7-7

Operator option 2-23Operator source option 2-15, 2-17Operators

copying shortcuts 2-15Operators by field type

description of 6-27Optional HR Information task 4-30OR option 6-29Org Chart feature

accessing 2-8Company data type 2-27context menus 2-28Department data type 2-27Department view 2-24Employee data type 2-27filtering the organizational structure 2-24Find Department search 2-28Find Employee search 2-28Job Requisitions data type 2-27Location data type 2-27Location view 2-25Manager view 2-24Manager/Supervisor/Reports To Manager data

types 2-27Reports To Manager view 2-25setting the default view 2-25


Index i-9

Supervisor view 2-24using 2-24

Org Chart icons 2-27Org Chart panel

data elements 2-27expanded view

illustration of 2-26illustration of 2-25search buttons 2-28search features 2-28

Org Security featureaccessing 2-8, 2-32

Org Security panelillustration of 2-32

Organizeraccessing 2-40Fully Expand icon 2-35illustration of 2-35navigational icons 2-35

Organizer keyboard shortcut 2-40Organizer/Task

menu bar 2-39Organizer/tasks

how to close 2-39Output Type dialog box


PPanel area

in Workspace 2-52Panel names

internal database names 2-66Panels

displaying database name 2-42illustration of multiple panels

see also TasksPartial Failures panel


Partial key 4-14Partially Failed

messaging status 5-19Payroll functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41PDF format 6-6PDF option 6-11Pending

messaging status 5-19Pending messages

canceling 5-21Pending status 5-5People functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41People functional group organizer

illustration of 2-34Performance & Development functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Phone number field

format 4-12Pick List/Alternate Key

accessing 2-40Pick List/Alternate Key keyboard shortcut 2-40Planning & Analysis functional group

accessing 2-8, 2-41Position Status (POS001) panel

illustration of 6-6Post a Note 2-42Post a Note panel

accessing 2-45Post to Board 2-39Post to Board button 2-39, 2-43Post to Board keyboard shortcut 2-39, 2-43Postal/Zip code field

format 4-12Posting to the Board 2-54Posting to the board

Query 6-40Preferences

setting 2-59Previous fields

moving to 4-9Previous in List

accessing 2-42Previous in List button 2-42, 2-44Previous in List keyboard shortcut 2-42, 2-44Previous Tab

accessing 2-41Previous Tab keyboard shortcut 2-41Previous Tab/Task

accessing 2-41Previous Tab/Task keyboard shortcut 2-41Primary key fields 4-3Print current Workspace contents button 2-43Print dialog box


Print Query Results button 6-42Print Report button 6-12Print Workspace

keyboard shortcut 2-39, 2-43Print Workspace button 2-39


i-10 Index

Print Workspace keyboard shortcut 2-39Printing

generated files 6-15, 6-16Printing reports 6-15, 6-16Privacy Statement

accessing 2-9Process

illustration of 2-35running 6-6

Process Detail panelillustration of 2-63

Process groupillustration of 2-35

Process Monitor 2-61accessing 2-8using 2-61

Process Monitor button 2-8, 2-11Process Monitor panel


Process Parameters panelaccessing 2-63illustration of 2-63

ProcessesProcess Monitor

Monitor Processes task 2-61Processing

messaging status 5-19Profile Information button 2-44Prompt fields 4-13

filtering list results 4-14illustration of 4-13

Prompt listquick add feature 3-11restricted using a partial key

illustration of 4-14

QQuery

accessing 6-19accessing saved queries 6-40custom views 6-17, 6-19, 6-44exporting results to Microsoft Excel 6-34filter your output 6-26immediate

running and printing 6-32immediate result detail list 6-21immediate result summary 6-24overview 6-17posting to the board 6-40

printing 6-31report

running and printing 6-35report detail list 6-21report shown in Microsoft Excel 6-36running a query 6-31saving a public query owned by another user 6-38saving public & private queries 6-37saving results in other formats 6-39security 6-18selecting run type 6-21sorting results 6-30standard views for Autolink Payroll

Action Flags 6-104Additional Payroll Information 6-105Check Deductions 6-100Check Hours/Earnings 6-99Check Memos 6-101Check Overtime Analysis 6-102Deduction Input 6-87Deduction Input Audit 6-96Enterprise eTIME Employee Data 6-66, 6-67,

6-83, 6-84Federal Tax Information 6-110General Deductions 6-106Health Savings Account 6-109Hours & Earnings Input 6-86Hours & Earnings Input Audit 6-95HSA Adjustment Input 6-89Lien Information 6-107Memo Input 6-88Memo Input Audit 6-97Paid Time Off Activity 6-108Paid Time Off Balance Input 6-88Pay Data Trans Input Audit 6-94Retro Pay Earnings (History) 6-92Retro Pay Earnings Results 6-90State/Local Tax Information 6-111Tax Information 6-108Tax Input Audit 6-97TimeSaver Employee Data 6-68, 6-85Year-to-date Accumulators 6-103Year-to-date Deduction in Arrears

Information 6-104Year-to-date Goals 6-103

standard views for BenefitsARRA Termination Information 6-113Dependent Health Benefits (current, future, and

history) 6-125Disability Benefits (current and future) 6-118Disability Benefits (history) 6-119


Index i-11

Flexible Spending Accounts (current and future) 6-123

Flexible Spending Accounts (history) 6-124Health Benefits (current and future) 6-114Health Benefits (history) 6-115Life and AD&D Benefits (current and

future) 6-116Life and AD&D Benefits (history) 6-117Savings Plans (current and future) 6-120Savings Plans (history) 6-122WinFlex Export Interface Data 6-126

standard views for Enterprise PayrollAdditional Pay 6-73Audit History - Pay Calendars 6-74Audit History - Pay Earnings 6-76Audit History - Pay Garnishment Overrides 6-78Audit History - Pay Line Details 6-75Audit History - Pay One-Time Deductions 6-78Audit History - Pay Other Earnings 6-77Audit History - Pay Page Details 6-75Audit History - Pay Tax Overrides 6-79Deduction Details 6-69Deleted Retro Pay 6-65Earnings & Hours Details 6-69Garnishment Specifications 6-72General Deductions 6-73Overtime Analysis 6-64Payroll Register 6-64Payroll Summary 6-64Tax Details 6-71WGPS Details 6-70WGPS Information 6-71Year End - Employee 1099 Information 6-80Year End - Employee W-2 Information 6-79

standard views for Human ResourcesAutomatic Step Progression with Department

Security 6-62Employee Disciplinary Actions 6-61Employee Grievances 6-60Employee Information 6-46HR User Defined Fields Information 6-54Human Resources Information 6-47International Employee Information 6-53Performance Plan Assignments 6-50Performance Reviews 6-49Performance-Based Pay Activity 6-56Performance-Based Pay Plan Assignment 6-57Termination Analysis 6-51Unassigned Performance Pay Plans 6-58Unassigned Performance Review Plans 6-59

standard views for System AdministrationInfoLink Employee Messages 6-129

Translate Configurability 6-129toolbar functions 6-42viewing SQL 6-33

Query featureaccessing 2-8, 2-31

Query panelillustration of 2-31

Query rows exported into Microsoft Excelillustration of 6-34

Query toolbarfunctions 6-42illustration of 6-42

Query toolbar buttonsPrint Query Results button 6-42Run the Query button 6-43Save Query Results button 6-42Show Query Results in Excel button 6-42Show the SQL button 6-42

Query tree in Organizerillustration of 6-19

Query viewsAutolink

overview 6-81Benefits

overview 6-112Enterprise Payroll

overview 6-63Human Resources

overview 6-45overview 6-44System Administration

overview 6-129Queue Manager field 5-9Queue Name field 5-9Quick Add 3-11Quick Add button

illustration of 3-11QuickView 5-3

RRadio buttons 4-16Receipts panel


Receivedmessaging status 5-19

Received status 5-5Record/field tooltip

displaying 2-42


i-12 Index

Records with effective datesdeleting data 4-19

Relation column heading 6-27Remove button 2-24Rename button 2-23, 6-11Rename dialog box


Repeat Add/Search button 2-41, 2-44Repeat Add/Search keyboard shortcut 2-41, 2-44Report

search again 6-15Report (unlimited rows) option 6-22Report notification 6-6Report Output File Name 6-35Report Output filename dialog box


Report Outputsaccessing 2-5open (local) 6-9print 6-9

Report Outputs (Local)accessing 2-5

Report Outputs (Local) button 2-5, 2-11Report Outputs (Local) keyboard shortcut 2-5Report Outputs (Local) shortcut 2-11Report Outputs button 2-5, 2-11Report Outputs buttons

delete 6-9open 6-9open (local) 6-9print 6-9rename 6-9save as 6-9

Report Outputs dialog boxaccessing 6-9, 6-36illustration of 6-10, 6-36

Report Outputs keyboard shortcut 2-5, 2-11Report Outputs opening 6-9Report Outputs selection from Desktop menu bar

illustration of 6-9Report Outputs toolbar buttons 6-9Report Search button 6-15Report task in Organizer

illustration of 6-4Reporting tools

overview 6-2Reports

ADP Reporting 6-3CSV file 6-6generating 6-6

LIS format 6-6PDF format 6-6printing 6-15, 6-16running reports 6-4searching 6-15selecting directory 6-8selecting file type 6-8viewing 6-9

illustration of 6-13Reports directory 6-10Required field labels

illustration of 1-5Responses link 5-8, 5-11Restore All

open functional groups/panels 2-9Result Type area 6-21, 6-24Results panel


Results Summary panel 5-11Rows

adding to database 3-9deleting 3-21inserting 3-18

example 3-18illustration of ’after’ 3-19illustration of ’before’ 3-18

Run Query button 6-21Run Report button 6-6, 6-21Run the Query button 6-43Running reports 6-4

SSave

accessing in menu 2-39Save button 2-39, 2-43

using 4-18Save dialog box


Save keyboard shortcut 2-39, 2-43Save Query (with warning) dialog box


Save Query dialog boxaccessing 6-37illustration of 6-37

Save Query Results button 6-42SaveAs dialog box



Index i-13

Savingpublic & private queries 6-37

Saving a public query owned by another user 6-38Saving results in other formats

in Query 6-39Search again field 6-15Search criteria

full search, example 4-4how to enter 4-3partial search, example 4-4

Search dialog boxalternate key fields 4-3illustration of 4-3, 6-15key fields 4-3

Search or Add functionrepeating 2-41

Search Results list 2-58illustration of

full search 4-4partial search 4-4

narrow 4-15narrow with alternate key 4-15narrow with partial key 4-14

Search Results panel 2-58illustration of 2-58

Self Service Login pageillustration of 1-8

Self Service Practitioner pageillustration of 1-9

Sentmessaging status 5-19

Sent status 5-6Seq # field 5-9Server Status panel


Shortcutsfor desktop menu 2-5for desktop toolbar 2-11for organizer/task menu 2-39for task toolbar 2-43

Shortcuts featureaccessing 2-8, 2-14add tasks to My Shortcuts 2-20adding tasks to My Shortcuts 2-19adding URL tasks to 2-22copying shortcuts from one operator/class to

another 2-15create a list of tasks for an operator 2-16create list of default tasks for a class 2-15define for operator


defining default shortcuts for classes 2-15defining for operators/classes (administrator) 2-15edit previously defined shortcuts 2-18using 2-13

Shortcuts for field 2-15, 2-23Shortcuts panel

illustration of 2-14, 2-19Show profile information 2-47Show Query Results in Excel button 6-42Show the SQL button 6-42SIA Bulk 5-3Skip duplicates option 6-23Social Security Number field

format 4-11, 6-27Sort panel

accessing 6-30for Query 6-30illustration of 6-30

Source area 2-23Source field 5-9SQL Select for Query dialog box

illustration of 6-33Staff Relations functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Staffing functional group

accessing 2-7, 2-41Start Process Group field 2-60Start Window field 2-59Statistics option 6-25

aggregate function optionsinterpretation of 6-25

average 6-25count 6-25count distinct 6-25maximum 6-25minimum 6-25sum 6-25

Statusprocesses

using the Process Monitor 2-61reports

using the Process Monitor 2-61Status bar

viewing 2-42Status flag fields

defining 4-22overview 4-21populating fields for a specific employee 4-27

entering custom areas and/or dates values 4-29populating fields for a specific employee 4-29, 4-37

selecting a status flag value 4-27


i-14 Index

Status Flags panelaccessing 4-27, 4-28illustration of 4-28

Status Flags/Dates/Other task 4-28Submitted panel


Successmessaging status 5-19

Success status 5-6Success with Warning status 5-6Success/Warning

messaging status 5-19Successes panel

accessingSuccesses panel

illustration of 5-12Summary Statistics option 6-22, 6-24Support Application Toolbar

Worklist feature 2-65Support Applications Toolbar

illustration of 2-12Links feature 2-33Org Chart feature 2-24Org Security feature 2-32Query feature 2-31Shortcuts feature 2-13using 2-12

Suspending a task 2-54System Admin functional group

accessing 2-8, 2-41System Administration

standard query views 6-129System Preferences task 2-59

TTab key

moving between fields 4-9Target area 2-23Task toolbar

illustration of 2-43Tasks

accessing in ADP Enterprise HR 2-34add new 3-9

illustration of 3-9quick add feature 3-11

addingto My Shortcuts 2-19

adding URLs to shortcuts 2-22defining shortcuts for operators/classes 2-15

how to close 2-39illustration of 2-35selected

sample illustration 2-36toolbar 2-43

Tasks/organizerhow to close 2-39

Terminologybusiness rules 3-3

Toolbar buttons 4-18, 6-9, 6-14desktop

File Upload 2-11Message Monitor 2-11Process Monitor 2-11Report Outputs 2-11Report Outputs (Local) 2-11

Enter Notes 2-45File Viewer

expand to full size 6-14expand visible page to height of window 6-14expand visible page to width of window 6-14go to first page 6-14go to last page 6-14go to specific page 6-14move to next page 6-14move to previous page 6-14print 6-14search 6-14search again 6-14show expanded view 6-14word wrap 6-14

Print Workspace 2-43Query

print results 6-42run query 6-43run report 6-43save results 6-42show results in Excel 6-42show SQL 6-42

Report Outputsdelete 6-9open 6-9rename 6-9save as 6-9

support applicationsLinks 2-12Org Chart 2-12Org Security 2-12Query 2-12Shortcuts 2-12Worklist 2-12


Index i-15

taskClose 2-45Delete Row 2-44Details about who modified this record 2-44Insert Row 2-43Next in List 2-44Post to Board 2-43Previous in List 2-44Repeat Add/Search 2-44Save 2-43Show profile information 2-44

View Existing Notes 2-45Toolbars

desktop 2-11tasks 2-43

Tools menu 2-8accessing DB Agent 2-9accessing Message Monitor 2-8accessing Process Monitor 2-8

Tooltipsdisplaying for record/field 2-42

Type column 6-22Type field 5-11Type link 5-22

UUnknown

messaging status 5-19Unknown status 5-6User defined fields

defining 4-22, 4-35HR user fields 4-24overview 4-21, 4-34populating fields for a specific employee

entering character field information 4-33, 4-40entering date and numeric field

information 4-32, 4-39overview 4-27, 4-37selecting a user field value 4-30, 4-37

status flags 4-22User Defined Information process

User Field Values task 4-22User Directory option 5-16User interface

how to use 1-1see also Desktop

User Interface Touraccessing 1-11illustration of 1-11

User Terms

accessing 2-9User Value field 4-23, 4-26, 4-36Using area 2-23Using field 2-15

VValidate Data at Employee Level check box 4-23,

4-26, 4-29, 4-31, 4-36Value1 field 6-28Value2 field 6-28Verb Noun column 5-9Verb Noun field 5-9, 5-16View Existing Notes button 2-45View History Information check box 3-7, 3-12,

3-14View history mode 3-7View menu 2-41

accessing Modification History 2-42accessing Next in List 2-41accessing Next Tab 2-41accessing Next Tab/Task 2-41accessing Previous in List 2-42accessing Previous Tab 2-41accessing Previous Tab/Task 2-41displaying internal database name 2-42displaying record/field tooltips 2-42Post a Note 2-42status bar 2-42

View Process Detail taskaccessing 2-63

View reports 6-9Viewing current and future information 3-13Viewing historical information 3-14Viewing SQL

in Query 6-33

WWarning messages 2-55Windows menu 2-9

Cascade open functional groups/panels 2-9Minimize All open functional groups/panels 2-9Restore All open functional groups/panels 2-9

Worklistaccessing 2-65

Worklist featureaccessing 2-8

Worklist Organizerillustration of 2-65


i-16 Index

Workspace 2-46accessing 2-40anchor area 2-47control bar 2-50illustration of 2-46Panel area 2-52

Workspace keyboard shortcut 2-40


using adp enterprise hr · using adp enterprise hr guide ... signing on to adp enterprise hr...

Documents